; (6) John Young be appointed Special Research Assistant; (7) accept the resignation of Franz Filipp, Business Manager and Bursar for the past 11 years, as of October 1, 1939; (8) hold Fellowship examinations for 1940-41 but if conditions become impossible for residence in Athens stipend not to be awarded. By December further action was necessary to suspend Fellowship examinations until it became certain or at least probable that the School would be open and accessible to students traveling from the United States. In May 1940 Broneer was promoted to full Professor of Archaeology, Weber given the additional title of Professor of Classics, John Young appointed John Williams White Fellow for 1940-41, Arthur W. Parsons appointed Director of the School for 1941–1943 and Gorham Phillips Stevens appointed Professor of Architecture for 1941–1943. (Stevens requested this title be changed to Honorary Architect, but as events developed he remained Director till the end of the war; at that time he took on the title of Honorary Architect, which he held until his death.)

The Managing Committee in approving the above actions of the Executive Committee voted that “continuing basis” in an appointment be interpreted by the vote of May 9, 1925 that “appointments shall be explicitly announced either as made for a definite term or as subject to the pleasure of the Managing Committee.” It also voted that in the selection of the Capps Fellow preference be given to candidates primarily interested in language, literature and history rather than archaeology. The Trustees had voted in November 1939 to establish an Edward Capps Fellowship Fund by transferring $30,000 from the Special Reserve Fund, and the Executive Committee had voted in December that the Fellowship be awarded not by examination but on the recommendation of the Executive Committee to the Managing Committee; at the same time they specified that the John Williams White and the A.I.A. Fellowships in Archaeology and the Thomas Day Seymour Fellowship in Greek History, Language and Literature be awarded on the basis of examinations, the James Rignall Wheeler on the recommendation of the Director. The Trustees had transferred funds to bring the White, Seymour and Wheeler funds up to $30,000 each. It was particularly dear to Louis Lord’s heart to establish a and sufficient to give an adequate income for a fellowship in the name of each of the earlier chairmen of the Managing Committee. From this time on the School fellowships have carried these names, although none of these Fellows was to be appointed or to serve in Athens for several years to come.

Edward Capps wrote Gorham Stevens on May 18, 1939, “I am happy to have secured you for the School as my almost last official act”; Capps’s vision was indeed prophetic, for the School could not have been more fortunate than to have him as Director throughout the war years. He and Louis Lord corresponded frequently, promptly in replies, and in meticulous detail on all matters both administrative and academic as long as communications remained open. Operation of an American educational institution in a foreign land during wartime was not new to Stevens; he had guided the American Academy in Rome through World War I.

1940–1941 Greece

One member of the School was not in town on the morning of October 28th to read Mr. Stevens’ Notice. Rodney S.Young was on the crest of Mount Hymettos with workmen excavating a Geometric site. When the planes flew over Athens that morning the men understood the meaning: General Metaxas had defied the Italian ultimatum, and Greece had been invaded by the Italians. They gathered all their tools and walked back to town, many going directly to their mobilization points, Rodney Young to the School, where with Arthur and Gladys Parsons he discussed plans for the School to provide an ambulance to serve on the Albanian front. His cable to Professor Capps, former Chairman of the Managing Committee, for $3,000 for the purchase and equipment of an ambulance which he would drive brought immediate response. The ambulance, christened IASO by Mrs. Lincoln MacVeagh, wife of the American Minister to Greece, was presented to the Greek Red Cross (Pl. 8, a). With Rodney Young at the wheel it saw continuous service on the Albanian front until Mr. Young was critically wounded while driving it back from the line of battle to a Red Cross station; there he was given First Aid until he could be brought back to the Evangelismos Hospital in Athens. The widespread appreciation of his service and that of the School in providing the equipment (the American and Greek flags crossed and the name of the School were painted on the ambulance) was expressed on all sides. IASO remained in service under the supervision of Mrs. Anastasios Adossides, wife of the School’s Counsel and Consultant, who was in charge of one of the Red Cross stations at the front and later in Athens (below, p. 11).

The group of School alumni in Princeton who guaranteed the funds for the ambulance, which Rodney Young’s father Mr. Henry Young immediately advanced, saw the need for much further assistance. At the request of Mr. Lord, Chairman of the Managing Committee, and with the approval of the Executive Committee, they formed The American School Committee for Aid to Greece, Inc.: Edward Capps, Chairman, T. Leslie Shear, Secretary-Treasurer, William C. Vandewater, Counsel, Oscar Broneer, Arthur V. Davis, George W. Elderkin, Hetty Goldman, Louis E. Lord, B. D. MacDonald, Benjamin D. Meritt, Richard Stillwell, Edwin S. Webster. The Committee undertook to raise funds both by written appeal to former members of the School, the A.I.A., the American Philological Association and the American Philosophical Society and by benefits (a concert featuring Greek artists and a lecture accompanying moving pictures of Greece) and through royalties from the picture book This is Greece prepared by Lucy Talcott and Alison Frantz of the Agora staff. Beyond the $3,000 for the ambulance, this Committee forwarded to Director Stevens $21,500 by January 29, 1942. This was used for medical and hospital supplies, woolen clothing and foodstuffs (mainly for four canteens established at the front by the School). After the occupation of Greece when direct communication with the staff of the School in Athens ceased, transfer of funds had to be stopped. The Committee was disbanded and the $2,773.48 balance transferred to the Treasurer of the School to be held for relief purposes in Greece.

Life at the School can best be conveyed by a quotation from Arthur Parsons’ report to the Managing Committee for April 1, 1940 to March 1,1941: “Up to the end of the last academic year, the School enjoyed a reasonably flourishing scholarly life; even at the beginning of the present year, in spite of the steady dwindling of the School community, an atmosphere of scholarship still prevailed, we had some zest for intellectual effort, some hope of a quiet productive winter. But with the invasion of Greece all that was changed; archaeology was put aside, regretfully but of necessity, and since then much of the time and thought of most of the members of the School has been spent in the effort to help Greece.”

Members of the School bought and distributed the supplies for which the Committee in America sent the funds; one of the most important activities was the establishment and maintenance in collaboration with the Red Cross of four canteens near the front. Eugene Vanderpool made trips to the front in his car to see that the shipments from the School reached their destinations as quickly as possible and to report on the most urgent needs. He and Mrs. Vanderpool ran a crèche at Amarousi where children of soldiers at the front received a good meal and medical assistance. To find that food Gene Vanderpool bicycled into and then all over Athens every day ferreting out what food could be found; he once said, “That is the way I came to know the city of Athens.” Professor Shear donated his car to the Greek Red Cross, and the old School camion was lent to them and made many trips to the front.

The Executive Committee of the Managing Committee on December 27, 1940 authorized the Chairman to recommend to the Trustees that the sum of $1,500 be allocated from the Reserve Funds as a gift from the School to the Archaeological Section of the Ministry of Education of the Greek Government. The Trustees on January 9, 1941 voted to appropriate not $1,500 but $2,000 for a gift to the Greek Archaeological Service and that Mr. Stevens be advised and requested to present it with a stipulation that it should be used for some specific purpose which Mr. Stevens was to designate. Stevens’ reply was that the sum would be given to the Greek Government for assistance in the protection of monuments on the Acropolis “less the sum needed to protect the Corinth museum which we will do.” The specific uses to which the $2,000 would be put by the Greek Archaeological Council were listed on March 3, 1941: “1) a reinforced concrete slab to protect certain statues of the Acropolis Museum, 2) reinforced concrete slabs to close the entrance of Socrates’ Prison where valuable antiquities have been stored, 3) protection of the Panathenaic frieze still in situ, 4) protection of the Monument of Lysikrates with sandbags, 5) covering with sand of certain sculptures of the National Museum which have been placed in the basement of the new wing of the museum, itself of reinforced concrete construction.”

The Greek Government appointed a commission of five, including B. H. Hill and Director Stevens, to look after the protection of the Corinth museum, the government supplying the material, the School paying for the labor and extra security, and the School’s workmen doing the actual work; this was superintended in every detail by Mr. Hill, since Mr. Stevens could only go to Corinth once a week. The work included covering the floor of the sculpture gallery with 40 centimeters of sand, removing objects from walls to the ground, packing vases and small objects in boxes, the most valuable pieces and the inventories in the refuge, removing glass from exhibition cases and blocking windows with sandbags. All this appears in detail in the Stevens-Hill correspondence. Mr. Stevens wrote frequently to Mr. Lord of the great assistance Mr. Hill was to him, of the tremendous value to the School of having Mr. Hill on the spot in Corinth not only keeping an ever watchful eye on both excavations and School buildings, but busy actually doing whatever he saw was needed to protect human lives, School property and the antiquities, even before the official protection began. Mr. Hill handled the payroll and once had to bicycle in to New Corinth to get the funds sent by Stevens because an official unfamiliar with Old Corinthians refused to deliver it to George Kachros, the guard. While he was in New Corinth an air-raid warning sounded, and he spent an hour in an air-raid refuge, about which he wrote to Stevens, “the other refugees were intelligent pleasant people so the hour passed agreeably enough.” Back in Old Corinth he made the two basement rooms of Oakley House into a shelter for the villagers since the official refuge in the Museum was only open during museum hours.

Already in November 1940 there was almost no food in Corinth (no rice or beans); Stevens wrote that “if anyone goes to Corinth he will take what eatables can be bought, but it will be sure to be little in quantity.” Mrs. MacVeagh succeeded in finding some rice which she sent to Mr. Hill. By no means all of Mr. Hill’s time and thought went onto current problems. He continued to work on his manuscript on Peirene and frequently asked for notebooks (which had been taken to Athens for safety) to be brought to him. His correspondence with Stevens combines details of payments to workmen with thoughts each had on the roofing of the South Stoa; another time Stevens compares Penrose’s and Balanos’ ideas of the widths and diameters of the triglyphs and columns of the Parthenon and adds his own.

Although most of his time went to the work of the American School Committee for Aid to Greece, along with Mr. Adossides and Mr. and Mrs. Parsons, Mr. Stevens found time not only to think and to correspond with Mr. Hill about ancient architectural problems but also to lecture to British officers and men on the Acropolis on Sunday afternoons. Mr. and Mrs. Weber were active in the local canteen for British troops, Mrs. Weber, Mrs. Stevens and Mrs. Parsons in the American Women’s Bandage Circle. Mr. and Mrs. John Young translated into English a handbook about Greece for British troops and conducted them through the Agora excavations, as well as putting into English the nightly broadcast of the Athens radio station for America; they left Greece just before the Italian invasion of Athens.

Another very considerable service of the School was performed in keeping the two libraries open. Since all other libraries were closed, the School library and the Gennadeion served many Greek students as well as numerous foreign readers. This was much appreciated.

By April 1941 that emergency which had been foreseen two years before arrived. MacVeagh had immediately on October 30, 1940 designated the Gennadeion air-raid shelter as the official shelter for the Legation. Now that Greece had been invaded by the Germans on April 6th and Ioannina had fallen on the 10th, cables from Stevens to Lord tell the story. April 11th: “MacVeagh wishes Legation 1st Secretary to move into Gennadeion West House. I recommend.” April 19th: “All well. Legation has assigned Loring Hall to American colony.” April 26th (after Greece had surrendered on April 24th): “School is Legation annex. Americans staying on. All well.” May 7th: “Everyone well. Properties in good order. Americans planning to return to America at Legation’s advice. Finances in order for time being.” The last was after Athens and all Greece had been occupied by Axis forces.

The scramble for Americans to follow the Legation advice and leave the country was now on, and three officers of the School became members of the five-man American Repatriation Committee. In addition to members of the School there were many other Americans, educators, doctors and visiting Americans of Greek extraction who had been caught in Greece when the country was invaded. It was not until about July 20th that the Italian Legation notified the Committee that Americans would be allowed to leave. An arrangement was then made with the American Red Cross and the American Express Company whereby the Express Company billed the Red Cross through the Repatriation Committee for cost of travel by air Athens to Rome, rail Rome to Geneva, and Geneva to Lisbon via unoccupied France and Spain and for hotel accommodations along the way, as well as subsistence until departure where needed; this was provided for those who could prove they had sufficient funds in America to pay the $300-400 passage from Lisbon to the United States once they reached Lisbon. Mr. Hill served as Chairman of the Committee; the Committee saw applicants in Mr. Parsons’ office at the American School, and all receipts were approved by one or more of the Committee: Bert Hodge Hill, Joseph A. McCroy, Eugene Vanderpool, Arthur W. Parsons, Laird Archer. It was not only the money for the trip that had to be arranged, but a priority list had to be established by which persons were notified when there was space available to get them out of Greece. On May 12th the Trustees of the School voted that the American personnel of the School “be strongly advised and urged to return promptly and that when Mr. Stevens leaves Greece or at any time at his discretion he be authorized to place Mr. Adossides, the School Consultant, in control of School property.” This directive was further assisted by the School’s deposit of $5,000 with the State Department to repatriate the twelve Americans at the School, for expenses until they could leave and for fares to Lisbon and on to the United States. In the last days of July Rodney Young, now sufficiently recovered from his injury at the front to travel, the Webers, and the Parsonses and Mrs. Locke left. Mr. and Mrs. Stevens and the Vanderpool family elected to stay, and Mr. Hill did not consider leaving.

Before they left on August 1st, Arthur and Gladys Locke Parsons made a final report on July 31, 1941 to B. H. Hill on the supply of gasoline and oil belonging to the American Colony which had been on deposit at the American School. The 20 tins and 4 drums of gasoline and 18 tins and 3 drums of motor oil remaining after the Americans left Greece were, by the agreement of the original American Repatriation Committee, to be given to the Greek Red Cross earmarked for special purposes: “1) Transportation of wounded soldiers from hospital to hospital. They are trying to close all outlying hospitals such as Kastri and are not able to do so at present because of lack of benzine. 2) First Aid street accidents which are now being taken to hospitals in pushcarts. 3) Some tins for the maintenance of the School ambulance IASO in the care of Mrs. Adossides. 4) Transportation of the wounded at the British Hospital at Kokkinia. Note most crucial matter at the moment is bringing about 15 men from the 8th hospital where conditions are very bad to Evangelismos. These men need a good plastic surgeon; order for transfer has been given but they are awaiting benzine. If 3 or 4 tins could be sent immediately to First Aid they would use their ambulances.” In B. H. Hill’s handwriting there are added to this report beside the final Note: “3 tins were sent on August 6 to Mrs. Koundouriotes” and beside no. 3 above: “3 tins to Mrs. Adossides 8/8/41.”

Meanwhile before the American Minister Lincoln MacVeagh was ordered home and left Greece early in June he had stored his furniture in Loring Hall. He presented to the School a large framed engraving of Paul Delaroche’s “Parnassus” which had hung in his library and was a special treasure of his; the only condition was that if he ever returned to Athens he might wish to borrow it from the School while he was in Athens. Mr. Reed, the Chargé d’affaires, planned to move the offices of the Legation into Loring Hall in July. The closing of the Legation and expulsion of personnel on July 15th accelerated the moving of all Legation archives, records, movable property, and the furniture and personal possessions of members of the staff into Loring Hall and the main building of the School. This taking over of the School property including the Gennadeion by the American government afforded the best possible protection to it, and the German and Italian authorities recognized the property as that of the United States Government. More and more of the most valuable books in the Gennadeion were removed from the shelves to the vault, and the School’s records and archives were placed there along with those from the Agora Excavations. The American School had been looking after the British School and paying their employees even after the funds left by the Director of the British School had been exhausted. On May 27th the employees had to be let go.

The Axis authorities’ recognition of the School as American government property did not extend to the excavation areas in Athens or Corinth. In the Athenian Agora Sophokles Lekkas (Pl. 8, b), chief foreman, remained in charge and lived in the excavation houses with his family, keeping a constant guardian eye, assisted by two watchmen; Eugene Vanderpool (when he was not scouring Athens on his bicycle for food for the 200 children Mrs. Vanderpool fed each day) and John Travlos continued to work on scholarly material. The Greek Archaeological Service assisted wherever they were able; Georgios Bakalakis moved into the Agora office beside the “Theseum.” In Corinth George Kachros (Pl. 15, b) and Pavlos Daphnis were in charge, and when they reported that Oakley House was about to be occupied by an Italian commander, permission was with difficulty acquired for Mr. Hill (who had come to Athens) to go to Corinth; he persuaded the Italian military that the buildings were American property and the garrison left.

1940–1941 U.S.A.

While the School itself was suffering from such curtailed academic activity in Athens, there was founded in the United States an organ of the School which was to have no little value in the years to come. The inspiration for the suggestion that an Alumni Association be formed came independently to two of the School’s former members from their association also with the American Academy in Rome and its alumni groups. Director Stevens recommended such an association in his report of April 1, 1940, and about the same time Lucy Shoe urged the same thing to Chairman Lord. The Executive Committee on May 10, 1940 recommended that the Managing Committee authorize the Chairman to take steps; the Managing Committee did so, and on November 23, 1940 a committee appointed by Mr. Lord met to draw up a Constitution and By-Laws. This group, chaired by Benjamin D. Meritt and including Mrs. Laurence B. Ellis (Alice Whiting Ellis), C. S. Hartman, Charles Alexander Robinson, Jr. and Lucy T. Shoe, called a meeting of all former members of the School during the annual meetings of the A.P.A. and A.I.A. in Baltimore. Fifty former members were present at that organizational meeting on December 26, 1940 which adopted the Constitution and By-Laws and elected the Alumni Council to consist of C. A. Robinson, Jr. for five years, Chairman, Lucy T. Shoe for four years, Secretary-Treasurer, Richard Stillwell for three years, Dorothy K. Hill for two years, Oscar Broneer for one year. The Association then requested approval by the Executive Committee of the provision for three Council members to be elected by the Managing Committee. Approval was given, and C. S. Hartman was elected for three years, Alfred R. Bellinger for two years, Gladys Davidson for one year. Another provision of the Constitution called for two members of the Association to serve as members of the Managing Committee for a two-year term. (In 1945 this term was amended to three years.) The necessary approval of both Managing Committee and Trustees for this provision was granted. Lucy Talcott and William Campbell were the first two representatives of the Association on the Managing Committee.

There was thus established a formal and close connection between the alumni and the Managing Committee, similar to that of alumni trustees in most colleges and universities in the United States, which has proved of very considerable benefit in promoting understanding and sympathy between the two groups. In an era when a considerable number of the Managing Committee had never attended the School, these alumni representatives were particularly valuable, and the service of not a few of them was such that they were later elected to the Managing Committee as representatives of their institutions and served the School with distinction, e.g. Alfred R. Bellinger, Carl W. Blegen, Rodney S. Young. The stated purpose of the Association is “to establish more effective relations between the Alumni, the School, and its supporting institutions, to cooperate with the School in suggesting or carrying out proposals looking toward its progress and welfare, and to increase the influence and usefulness of the School.”

Further to promote these aims, it was agreed, alumni should be kept informed of the activities and problems of the School. To that end News Letters were to be sent as often as available information made it desirable; under existing conditions no fixed number or time could be decided. The first such letter sent on January 24, 1941 elicited such enthusiastic response and approval for the Association that no doubt of its value could exist. The conviction of the Council was confirmed that one service of the alumni to the School, especially at the time of the founding of the Association, was to keep alive among students of our colleges and universities an interest in the School and its possibilities through a knowledge of the opportunities it offers to Classical students and also, through the Gennadeion, to those interested in post-classical periods in Greece. These News Letters which appeared twice a year for several years and then at least once a year for 35 years were only suspended in 1977 when a different form of information sheet began to be distributed by the President of the Board of Trustees (see below, p. 138).

Of no little assistance to the Chairman of the Managing Committee and to the Executive Committee during the war years while the School was closed were the regular meetings of the Council of the Association twice a year at which the many problems of the time and plans for the future were discussed in detail. The experiences and the opinions of the younger alumni as well as the older were thus made accessible to those who were responsible for making the decisions in managing the School. Throughout the years in time of emergency in the School or in Greece it has been the Alumni Association which was able to rally and organize the assistance all alumni were eager to render (see below, pp. 27, 40). And when no other tangible activity was obvious there has always been, since 1947, an annual gift to the School of “luxuries” the regular School budget could not provide (see below, pp. 393-394 for gifts of the Alumni Association to the School)

1941–1944 Greece

When on July 1, 1941 Arthur Wellesley Parsons assumed the Directorship of the School (to which he had been appointed for a two-year term at the 1939 meeting of the Managing Committee) everyone knew it could be only a short but highly active period actually at the School. A month later, after arranging the departure of all School personnel who wished to leave and the transfer of the American Legation to the School building, he followed instructions from the Trustees and Executive Committee to depart himself and to put the administration of School business in the hands of the Consultant Anastasios Adossides (Pl. 14, a). The three School buildings (Pl. 6, a) had been declared American government property; Mr. and Mrs. Stevens were still living in the Director’s quarters in the Main Building, into the library of which Eurydice Demetracopoulou had moved some of her Gennadeion records and where she continued to come to work; Eugene Vanderpool and John Travlos continued to work in the Agora where Sophokles Lekkas was living and guarding the area; Mr. Hill was in Corinth.

With the entry of the United States into the war on December 7, 1941 the Swiss Legation undertook the protection of American and British interests in Greece, including the property of both the American and British Schools. On December 12th the Swiss authorities agreed with the occupying Italians that Mr. and Mrs. Stevens would be allowed to remain in the Main Building, that the British School, Loring Hall and the Gennadeion would remain sealed, and that the Gennadeion houses would be occupied by the Swiss Chargé d’affaires and another officer of the Swiss legation. Through some differences among the Italian authorities, on that same day officers came to seal the Main Building, not allowing anyone in or out; it was 35 days before the Swiss and Mr. Adossides were able to arrange for a strict list of School personnel by name to be allowed to come in or go out.

Meanwhile on the same December 12th Mr. Hill had been taken into custody in Corinth; he was detained at a carabinieri station until the 27th when he was told he was to be sent to a concentration camp in a Lakonian village but might go to Athens under escort for necessary articles. Back in Corinth he was detained in New Corinth again till January 6th when he was escorted to his home in Athens and released, free to live in his home along with the four German officers then occupying it. This special attention to Mr. Hill was an expression of the international scholarly respect the School itself has always fostered; it is known that it was through the efforts of Otto Walter of the Austrian School that Mr. Hill’s case was given special lenience. The Vanderpools were free to live as they liked from the beginning of those terrible years of starvation and deprivations of all kinds throughout Greece, and Mrs. Vanderpool continued their crèche into 1943 when a general feeding center for the whole population of Amarousi was opened.

Providing some food for the families of the School’s Greek personnel to stave off the starvation which was claiming the lives of so many thousands was one of the consuming concerns of Mr. Adossides. At the same time, he was administering the finances of the School in a staggering, spiraling inflation by borrowing from Greeks on the School’s credit, working with the American and then the Swiss Legation over details of caring for the School’s property and interests. Never has the School had a more devoted, loyal, wise and effective member. A brilliant and distinguished diplomat, he had served as Governor of Macedonia during and after World War I, later as Governor of the Cyclades and Samos, then as Secretary of the Refugee Settlement Commission which supervised, under the auspices of the League of Nations, the exchange of populations between Greece and Turkey; on this commission he formed lasting friendships with Americans and because of one of them, Edward Capps, began his interest in the American School. He was persuaded in 1931 to undertake the position of Business Manager of the Agora Excavations; this involved all the delicate negotiations with the Greek Government and with the land owners which he conducted with consummate tact and patience, maintaining harmonious relations with everyone. When work in the Agora was closed down in 1940, the School was so reluctant to lose his services that he was appointed “Consultant”.

“Only those, perhaps, whose privilege it was to work with him during those grim years of war and occupation can truly appreciate how well he served the School,” wrote Arthur Parsons. Although his position had been thought of as part time, “his loyalty, his conscientiousness, his energy—-the driving energy which for years had conquered his chronic ill health—-would not let him give less than full time” and energy to the School and its people in spite of urgent pleas that he save himself. He would walk the miles from his home in Psychiko to the School in spite of critical illness and undernourishment, often barely able to muster the strength to return. Eugene Vanderpool has reminded us that one of his last services to the School “I think will prove to be his greatest service.” Mr. Adossides feared that even though our buildings and those of the British School were under the protection of the Swiss Legation “such large well appointed empty buildings were a great temptation and he feared some loophole or excuse might one day be found for taking them over,” especially since “every week or so German or Italian officials would come up, examine the seal, read the notices on the gates and look longingly at the buildings.” Since Mr. Adossides had many connections with the Red Cross, when in the summer of 1942 two permanent commissions arrived, a Swiss and a Swedish, he invited them to make use of the buildings. The Swiss group occupied the British School and the West House of Loring Hall, the Swedish the Main Building except for the Director’s apartment occupied by Mr. and Mrs. Stevens (the street on which the School buildings face was renamed Sweden Street and has so remained). With the School’s property thus occupied by persons of international standing, the danger of the buildings being requisitioned became minimal, and with Mr. Stevens in residence keeping an eye on every detail Mr. Adossides felt that the School would come through in the best condition possible. He felt content at least about the property when a short time later his always frail body gave out; after some weeks in the hospital he died on October 9, 1942, truly a martyr to his loyalty to the School.

As had been previously arranged, Mr. Aristides Kyriakides (Pl. 14, b) took over the management of the School. An active lawyer with many responsibilities, he could not give full time to School affairs, so he asked Mr. Stevens and Mr. Vanderpool to form a committee to act with him. They readily agreed, but it turned out that Vanderpool had barely a month to do so, for a few days after Adossides’ death Vanderpool was told “to hold himself in readiness to be taken to Germany for internment.” This was because he lived in Amarousi, one of the few tiny areas where Germans rather than Italians were the occupying force. On November 11th he was taken to a camp at Laufen where for 15 months with some 700 other civilian internees, over 500 British, the others Americans from all over Europe, he kept occupied in an Educational Program organized by the group. Since he had reached for a text of Thucydides which he put in his pocket when he was taken from the Agora, he gave a course on Greek history based on that copy of Thucydides the first winter, one on American Geography and History the second winter. The camp library gradually acquired general reading material from the Y.M.C.A. and the British Red Cross, and he wrote “. . . in the course of my stay at Laufen I read among other things Herodotos, Thucydides (twice), Xenophon’s Hellenica, Aristotle’s Constitution of Athens, Bury’s History of Greece, and Gibbon’s Decline and Fall of the Roman Empire, so I feel that my time was not altogether wasted.” The generations of American School alumni who know well the Vanderpool laconic understatement will recognize it here. He was released on February 26, 1944 and returned to America. Meanwhile in Athens it was Mr. Kyriakides and Mr. Stevens who held the fort, and Mr. Hill in Corinth; he had succeeded in getting the School buildings there unsealed and in establishing his Greek assistant, Athanasi, and his family in Oakley House, himself in the Annex to keep watch. Mr. and Mrs. Stevens and Mr. Hill received food from Switzerland through the Swiss Legation and the International Red Cross.

Although most of the rare communications which did come through from Athens via the Swiss Legation to the State Department in Washington had to do with the physical and financial state of the School (since the weight was strictly limited, one meticulous financial report was too heavy and never arrived), Mr. Stevens always managed a word about the scholarly activity of the School staff which they somehow managed to keep alive and flourishing in spite of grim conditions. Mr. Stevens even wrote of the 35 days he was confined to the Main Building that he had never had such an uninterrupted opportunity for work. He was busy throughout the years of occupation on a large plaster model of the Acropolis in the 4th century B.C., for which he made over a hundred drawings, supervised the technician who did the plaster work, and wrote several articles on details arising from his studies for the model. Of some of his drawings Mr. Stevens had postcards made which the guards on the Acropolis sold to the occupying military; the proceeds were divided between the guards and the crèches in Athens. This model, several times duplicated for institutions since the war, now graces the Agora museum in the Stoa of Attalos along with the model of the Agora on which Stevens worked together with John Travlos.

Travlos, formerly architect of the Agora, was architect of the School from 1940 on and worked throughout these years not only on Agora architecture but on plans of Corinth, of ancient Athens in general and especially on Byzantine Athens. Miss Demetracopoulou filled many administrative needs at the School as well as acting as Librarian of the Main Library, which remained open. She was working on a study of Samuel Gridley Howe, the American philanthropist who came to Greece in 1824 and 1867, from his papers in the Gennadeion, and assisting John Travlos in his studies of Byzantine monuments in Athens; she also translated portions of Howe’s journal into Modern Greek. Mr. Hill continued his work on the springs of Corinth when he was there, but when the Germans forbade him to go to Corinth he busied himself with several of the Parthenon inventory inscriptions and made new discoveries.

Mr. Stevens saw to it, also, that the School continued its payment through 1940 and 1941 of pew rents in St. Paul’s Anglican Church in Athens for three places for the School and made additional contributions to help with relief.

1941–1945 U.S.A.

The officers of the School who had returned to or were in the United States (Parsons, Weber and Broneer) were engaged in various academic and war-service activities, continuing their study of School material as long as possible without contact with it, then working in various capacities in the State Department. On February 21, 1944 Mr. Broneer accepted the position of Executive Vice President of the Greek War Relief Association; from then until April 1946 he played a significant part in the sending of food and other relief supplies to Greece in Swedish vessels, including wheat from Canada and Argentina, clothing for the thousands of refugees from burned villages, and transportation equipment to distribute the food and clothing.

The Trustees, the Chairman and the Managing Committee, cut off from communication with the School, had to try to carry on their formal duties with only faith that the School would open again at some unpredictable time. One of the most serious problems was financial. The staff in Athens had of course been cut to the bone and no funds could be sent to pay them, but in 1943 when letters began to filter through the Swiss Legation it was clear that Adossides and then Kyriakides were borrowing from Greek friends to pay Stevens, Travlos, Miss Demetracopoulou, Sophokles Lekkas, George Kachros and the few guards (old workmen). No one knew what our indebtedness would amount to when communications were again open, for the occupying government in Greece had again and again ordered “monthly” wages to be paid more and more frequently. The School’s income was being cut sharply !-y the withdrawal of support of an increasing number of Contributing Institutions under the unrealistic conviction that since the School was closed it had no expenses; by May 1944 seven out of 49 had ceased to contribute and four more were paying only a token. Mr. Lord talked, wrote, explained, and begged to keep others from defaulting and constantly urged upon the Executive and Managing Comittees the urgent necessity for economy.

It became possible to put aside some funds for future needs when the proposal to award fellowships for use in the United States as long as the School was closed was declared legally impossible; fellowship funds not expended each year were added to the principals of each fund. The thorny and often confusing problems of whether and when to hold examinations for the fellowship competitions and how to advise those who won them, as well as of administering the examinations, were handled during these years by the veteran Sidney Deane who had from 1932 fulfilled “the exacting duties of the office of Chairman of the Committee on Fellowships with characteristic modesty and complete.success” (memorial minute, Managing Committee) until his sudden death on May 4, 1943; Charles Alexander Robinson, Jr. then acted till June 30, 1945 when Gertrude Smith began her service.

Of the fellowships already awarded in May 1940 for use in 1940-41, the appointee of the A.I.A. Archaeological Fellowship, Louise Dickey, was permitted to hold it in 1941-42 at the Metropolitan Museum of Art, and it was renewed for 1942-43. No competition was held in 1940-41 for 1941-42, but Heinrich Immerwahr’s German Refugee Fellowship which he had held at Yale in 1940-41 was renewed for 1941-42. Examinations were held in 1941-42 with the thought that fellowships might be held in the United States if Athens remained inaccessible, and Mabel L. Lang was awarded the Seymour Fellowship in Greek history, literature and language. When it was discovered that it could not legally be held in the United States, it was deferred, and Miss Lang occupied the fellowship in Athens finally in 1947-48. There were no competitions for or awards of School fellowships in 1942-43, 1943-44, 1944-45. In May 1944, however, the Managing Committee appointed A. E. Raubitschek as Research Fellow in Epigraphy for 1944–1946 to work in Princeton to assist Benjamin Meritt in the preparation of epigraphical material from the Athenian Agora excavations and reappointed Eugene Vanderpool (now released from concentration camp and back in the United States) as Agora Fellow to prepare Agora material for publication. When the original funds for the Agora excavation were exhausted in 1942, the Managing Committee and Trustees agreed to use regular School funds to carry on the undertaking. Both these appointments were in the category of School staff since the Trustees had ruled that Fellowship funds could not legally be used for study in the United States. No competition was held in 1945-46, but to hold the Seymour, White and Wheeler fellowships and one in Architecture at the School in the first year it was operating after the war, 1946-47, several former members were sent out to begin work on the publication of material at Corinth that was awaiting study. In addition to these scholars, Carl A. Roebuck, Robert L. Scrantcn, Saul S. Weinberg and Leicester B. Holland, one fellowship deferred by the War, the A.I.A. Fellowship for 1939-40, was taken up by Mary Campbell (later Mary Campbell Roebuck). Only in 1946-47 were regular examinations for fellowships held again and the other appointive ones assigned for 1947-48.

Fellowships were one of the thorniest but not the only one of many problems created for the Managing Committee’s decisions during the war years. Since so many personnel and other problems had to be dealt with promptly, the Executive Committee had to act for the Managing Committee in many cases between the regular Managing Committee meetings. The Executive Committee met many times and also conducted considerable business by mail.

The staff members of the School as of July 1, 1941 continued to be reappointed through 1945-46, both those serving in Athens and those in the United States or in war service. Salaries were budgeted except when those not in Athens were receiving salaries from other employment, with the hope that Mr. Kyriakides in Athens was actually managing to find the funds to pay the staff there, as in fact he did, and the loans he had negotiated to do so were paid when funds could be transferred to Athens.

The Library was a deep concern. As the years wore on everyone realized how serious would be the loss to the Library when the School reopened that none of the new books or periodicals could be acquired through the war years. Therefore on January 1, 1944, $2,500 was appropriated to make purchases which would be stored in England and America in readiness for the reopening. Professor Harold North Fowler was appointed to be agent to select and purchase the books.

The Managing Committee took a critical look at its own organization and Regulations through the war years, and some changes were made. Following a suggestion made by the Alumni Association when it was founded, the Chairman of the Managing Committee in 1941 organized a Placement Committee as a sub-Committee of the Managing Committee to assist students in securing positions when they returned from the School. This committee continued until 1956. In December 1944 the Chairman announced the appointment of a Committee to nominate members of the Executive Committee to succeed those whose terms would expire in 1945. The suggestion that such a Nominating Committee for members of the Executive Committee be appointed had also come to the Managing Committee from the Alumni Association. On May 11, 1945 following another suggestion of the Alumni Association that the Managing Committee consider the possible value of Alumni representation on the Executive Committee, the Managing Committee voted that the Chairman of the Alumni Association be made a member e officio of the Executive Committee. At the same meeting it was voted that the term of members of the Executive Committee be increased from the then three to four years and that a committee be appointed by the Chairman to review all the existing Regulations and report at the next Annual Meeting. The committee, George H. Chase, Chairman, Sterling Dow and La Rue Van Hook, presented in May 1946 a Revision of the Regulations incorporating all changes which had been voted since the last published Regulations and offering several suggestions especially for enlarging the interest and experience of the Managing Committee and for defining terms of office and numbers of committee members. Some of the suggestions were approved by the Managing Committee, but by 1949 further changes were necessary (see below, p. 45).

As the war dislocation ended, many problems of personnel faced the Managing Committee not only in Athens but also in the United States. May 1945 brought to an end the notable service of La Rue Van Hook as secretary of the Managing Committee from 1938 to 1945 after acting as Assistant Secretary from 1922 to 1938. His service as secretary of both Managing and Executive Committees throughout the difficult war years with the many meetings and the heavy mail correspondence “was distinguished by his uniform courtesy, his good judgment, his devotion to the interests of the School,” and “his untiring care” which contributed so much “to the efficient management of the School’s business.” Charles Alexander Robinson, Jr. of Brown University was appointed to succeed him and would serve with equal distinction for the next twenty years.

Much time, thought and discussion on the part of all those associated with the School, the staff in Athens, the Chairman, the Executive Committee, the Managing Committee and the Alumni, had gone into consideration of what the School should try to be and to do when it opened again to fulfill its stated purpose when founded of encouraging Greek studies in the United States. Letters, reports and minutes are full of the thoughts expressed. The consensus seemed to be that the School had succeeded well so far in maintaining its high intellectual standards, in its notable achievements in training students who later teach Greek studies and in conducting archaeological research that adds constantly to that body of knowledge of Greek studies, but that more could be done. The general scheme of the School’s program of both winter and summer sessions should be continued as the best basis for future years, but some improvements might be made in reaching more Americans with some consciousness of the values of Greek thought and culture for American education and civilization and in offering more specific aid and encouragement tailored to each and every member of the School, more particularly to those interested primarily in language and literature.

It was always recognized and emphasized that the School is indeed a school of classical studies, that the responsibility of the School is not only twofold: (1) to the linguist, literary man, political historian and (2) to the archaeologist (if one can indeed be separated from the other), but rather manifold. The vital problem is how each individual student should emphasize and divide his time at the School to acquire the most understanding of Greek civilization from what the country and the monuments of Greece itself and the experience and guidance of the School’s staff can offer to him, both for his general knowledge of Greek culture and for his own specific interests and talents. None of the many who were deeply concerned thought for a moment that he had the answers, but all believed that thinking, talking, and recognizing problems were beneficial to those who would have decisions to make when the School could be functioning again. So much had been written and discussed with Chairman Lord throughout the war years that when official peace had been declared he appointed a committee chaired by Rhys Carpenter to consider the Scope and Function of the School. The report presented in May 1946 (65th Annual Report for 1945–1946, pp. 44-48) expresses the general view with admirable clarity and vision.

On October 5, 1942 the Trustees considered what action should be taken since the Rockefeller funds for the excavation of the Athenian Agora had been expended. They recognized that future work would have to be carried on with School funds and should therefore be controlled by the Managing Committee; they voted that the Managing Committee be directed to designate a sub-committee to act on matters concerning the Agora excavation and museum. On May 24, 1943 they ruled that since the Agora Excavation Account had been closed as of June 30, 1942 further charges should be made to the Managing Committee budget. Since there was no question of continuing work during those years, it was only at the meeting of May 12, 1945 that the Managing Committee took definitive action and voted “that the Excavation of the Agora, heretofore conducted under the direction of Professor T. Leslie Shear, be carried on henceforth as a regular School Excavation under the direction of the Director of the School” (see below, Chapter VIII, for further on the Agora).

By the time of the meeting of the Managing Committee on December 29, 1945 the possibility of opening the School in fall 1946 looked real, so it was essential to appoint a Director. Arthur Parsons had held the title of Director since 1941 but had only acted for one month. Although it had once been thought that he might take up the post in earnest when he was free of war service with the State Department, it was clear that his duties with the government were apt to continue for some time. It was therefore decided to appoint him to the position of Professor of Archaeology for 1946-47 and to seek a man experienced in School affairs in the past and also with an active vision of its potential in the future to guide the post-war School, which should be rooted in the past but was bound to face many new challenges. Rhys Carpenter (Pl. 11, d), who had been Director in 1927–1932 and had kept actively associated with the School, was persuaded to accept a four-year appointment, 1946–1950, even though he specified that he could not be in residence during the 1946-47 School year. For the interval until Carpenter could arrive in Athens, Carl Blegen was to be asked to act; if he could not, the Executive Committee were to decide upon an arrangement. Blegen was unable; Mr. Stevens was able, more than well experienced, on the spot, and willing to give one more year of his dedicated service to the School, so he carried on till June 30, 1947.

Meetings of the Board of Trustees, which was incorporated in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts on March 23, 1886, had always been held in Boston until the meeting of October 15, 1941 was held in New York City. They were held in New York regularly thereafter except for a meeting on May 24, 1943, held in Boston for the purpose of deleting “in Boston” from Article III of the By-Laws, and others again on November 2 and December 29, 1944 and May 15, 1945.

The Trustees had been led through most of the war years by Edwin S. Webster who was elected President on October 15, 1941. He had been a member of the Trustees since 1926 and served as Vice President under W. Rodman Peabody, who had been President since 1929 and who had died on January 12, 1941. Mr. Webster served as President until May 1947 and remained a member of the Board until his death on May 10, 1950, his “wise counsel and sound advice” at the service of the School.

1944–1945 Greece

Fierce fighting broke out in Athens during the summer of 1944, and preparations were made to receive the Swiss colony in the grounds of the American and British Schools if rioting worsened. Mr. Stevens wrote on October 2, 1944, “Hand grenades explode in the streets about the School, bullets whistle through the trees of the garden, pieces of shells fall on our roofs . . . eight men were killed in the excavations of the Athenian Agora, but not our guards. . . . There has been fighting around our buildings in Old Corinth.” On October 12th the Germans took down their flag from the Acropolis, and on the 14th the English landed at Phaleron and entered Athens. On October 18th the Greek flag flew once more from the Acroplis, and all went well until civil war broke out on December 3rd. In the heavy fighting in the city, bullets passed through windows of our library, of Loring Hall, and of the living-room window of the Gennadeion house in which Ambassador and Mrs. MacVeagh were living; water and power were cut; food prices soared ten times higher than the already astronomical costs; Lykabettos was stormed, but on January 1,1945 Stevens could write, “The Greek Government and English troops now seem to have the situation well in hand. . . . The Administrator, Mr. Kyriakides, has had to use all his skill to steer the School between many angry rocks and foaming shoals. Thank fortune, we are all well. And when we say ‘all well’, we include a number of former members of the School.” Rodney Young with UNRA arrived on October 12th and went to live with Mr. Hill. Then came the MacVeaghs, the Ambassador a Trustee of the School since 1941, and Arthur Parsons, a member of the Embassy, as well as Gladys Davidson Weinberg and Margaret Crosby; they all went into residence in Loring Hall which became a hostel for the American Embassy staff, ably run by Mrs. Karl Rankin, an alumna of the School whose husband as Commercial Attaché was housed in Loring Hall West House. After the first few days the MacVeaghs occupied the Gennadeion East House, the Military Attaché the West House.

During the occupation the arrangement with the United States Government, which was approved by the Trustees on December 11, 1941, had been that the United States Government paid for the necessary repairs and for the guards kept by the Swiss Legation which was in control of the property. These were the most satisfactory possible terms for the School. Now that the Embassy was actually occupying all the buildings except the Gennadeion Library and the Director’s quarters, the United States Government proposed to lease the buildings on a monthly basis at a rental of$1,250 a month, a month’s notice to be given for termination of the lease. This was approved by the Trustees on December 29, 1944 with the added conditions that the government pay the utilities, repairs, and salaries of two watchmen. This rental fee went far toward balancing the budget of the School for more than one year, and the property was kept occupied and protected.

Mr. Stevens’ optimism on New Year’s Day proved premature, for more horror and destruction of property were to come before the Civil War was finally ended. The Agora excavations were a battlefield for a time. At Corinth, even though Athanasi, Mrs. Blegen’s chauffeur (as Mr. Hill always rrferred to him), and his family lived in Oakley House and some room in the Annex had been reserved for Mr. Hill (though he was not allowed to return to Corinth in the latter years of the occupation), the vacant rooms which had been occupied first by Italians, later by Germans, were taken by the revolutionists for a hospital; there was considerable loss of furnishings and equipment. Finally in April 1945, the Corinth buildings were requisitioned by British officers who paid a small rent. The Swiss Red Cross Mission, which had used the School’s old Chevrolet station wagon throughout the war, put it into good condition and returned it when they left. The staff of the School continued the academic activities which had been their concern throughout the occupation, and Mr. Kyriakides and Mr. Stevens, able finally to communicate with America, sent detailed reports and the incredibly complicated financial records for those years. In closing his report on April 2, 1945 Mr. Kyriakides paid moving tribute to Mr. Adossides, his predecessor as Administrator, and to Mr. Stevens, his fellow-administrator whose active cooperation he characterized as “of inestimable value to the School.”

1945–1946 Greece

Although World War II was officially terminated in August 1945 and some members of the staff of the School were physically in Greece the following academic year, conditions in Greece were such that no return to normal School activity was possible. Mr. Stevens and Mr. Kyriakides continued to manage the School property and its affairs, for Mr. Parsons, Mr. Weber and Mr. Broneer continued in their State Department and Greek War Relief positions most of the year. The Managing Committee authorized Mr. Lord to make a trip to Athens in July 1945 to see the state of affairs and discuss with Mr. Stevens and others prospects for resuming the School’s regular business. “Due to the meticulous care and efficient management of Professor Stevens” the three School buildings he found in excellent condition. It was from Professor Broneer (Pl. 12, b) that there came reports of the situation throughout Greece, for as Executive Vice President of the Greek War Relief he traveled all over the country in the summer of 1945 to see for himself just what aid was needed. All bridges were broken, but he always managed to get through and found the warmest possible reception everywhere regardless of the starvation and general destitution of the villages. In Skourophorion near Pyrgos the inhabitants even scurried to find a white sheet when a message had been dropped from a plane instructing him to stand on a white sheet in the plateia if he would give his consent to an operation for Mrs. Broneer, critically ill in New York.

At the School, the rental of Loring Hall and the Gennadeion Houses to the American Embassy was continued, and some rooms in the Main Building were also rented to individuals. Mr. Stevens, Mr. Travlos and Miss Demetracopoulou continued much the same scholarly activity as through the war years, Mr. Stevens on problems of the topography and architecture of the Acropolis, Mr. Travlos concentrating on drawings for use in the model of the Agora and Miss Demetracopoulou from February on adding to her duties in the Main Building the unpacking and shelving of books in the Gennadeion preparatory to reopening.

Mr. Stevens had sent a detailed inventory to indicate what furnishings were needed for the School buildings in both Athens and Corinth. Mr. Broneer, who resigned from the Greek War Relief in April 1946, and his wife made the necessary purchases in the United States and had them sent with War Relief shipments so that they arrived safely if slowly. Equipment for both excavations and an initial shipment of foodstuffs for the staff and members were also sent because of the scarcity and exorbitant prices in Greece. It was almost more difficult for the Broneers to get passage for themselves back to Greece than for the freight. It was Trustee Arthur Vining Davis who came to the rescue at this point as in so many financial crises of the School later; he managed when no one else could.

Other shipments from the United States to Greece which were to continue for some years and be a cause of much gratitude began to arrive in the winter of 1945-46. As soon as the plight of the School’s personnel in regard to clothing was learned in the United States, the Trustees and the Managing Committee made generous contributions of their clothing. This first shipment arrived just before Christmas and was distributed by Mr. Kyriakides. As the need continued through some six succeeding years, the alumni continued to collect clothing, and the distribution to the families of the employees became one of the responsibilities of the Director’s wife. One memorable distribution was made at Corinth in the Agora on St. Paul’s Day in 1947 after the religious service had taken place on the bema; Oscar and Verna Broneer made the distribution.

1946–1947 Greece

At the May meeting of the Managing Committee in 1946 Mr. Lord had predicted accurately, “It may be possible to accommodate a few students in the School in the fall of 1946, but I should expect that the School will not be fully open for American students until the fall of 1947.” Activities of revolutionists kept travel very limited throughout the year; food and supplies generally were scarce and very dear; the American Embassy was eager to continue to occupy Loring Hall and the Gennadeion West House (Professor Weber was back in the East House), and the income from the rental was vital to the School’s finances. It was a wise decision of the Managing Committee to follow Mr. Lord’s observation that that portion of the School’s activities which could be carried on with profit was the study and preparation for publication of the material at Corinth excavated, some of it, many years before and still unpublished. The great concern of Mr. Lord throughout his chairmanship was to get on with and if possible complete the publication of Corinth as then excavated. All his very considerable driving force went into furthering this aim; he had inherited it from Mr. Capps, but he added a much stronger conviction of the School’s scholarly responsibility for this commitment. The situation in Greece in 1946-47 and this great necessity of the School dovetailed very neatly. Four Fellows were appointed to work on Corinthian publication (see above, p. 20), and Oscar Broneer was back in his post of Professor of Archaeology directing the work and himself participating heavily in it. The wives of two of the Fellows accompanied them, and the A.I.A. Fellow, Mary Campbell, whose tenure for 1939-40 had been deferred by the war and who was set to work at Corinth, became the wife of the third of the Corinthian Fellows before the year was out; all three wives worked actively on the Corinthian study.

Since none of the regular School training for first-year students was possible, the two students, Mary Campbell and G. Roger Edwards, were assigned to work in the School’s two excavations under the older scholars, where they were able to learn much and to give much assistance in inventorying and working over the material. No large-scale excavations were permitted by the Greek Government which had decreed that for five years only minor clean-up digging to safeguard or repair damage, with a maximum of six men, could be done. Much time and work went into clearing away the weeds and shrubs of six years; then in Corinth a minimum of further digging was undertaken to clarify the plans of the buildings as they were being studied. Architect and archaeologist working together on each building made most efficient teams and by year’s end the studies were well near completion: the South Stoa by Oscar Broneer with plans by Leicester Holland (Pl. 15, a), the Bema and Central Shops, the Roman Buildings on the West Terrace, and Minor Monuments in the Agora by Robert Scranton, the Southeast Buildings by Saul Weinberg and the Asklepieion by Carl Roebuck, the last three scholars with plans by Elias Skroubelos under the direction of John Travlos, Architect of the School. Gladys Davidson Weinberg began the monumental study of the minor objects from the beginning of the excavation and Mary .Campbell Roebuck that of terracotta roof tiles found since Mrs. Hill’s book (Corinth IV, i). Louise Scranton as Assistant did all the typing of manuscripts and reports and worked on the museum records. The first business in Corinth, however, had been to put the Museum back in order after war-time protective measures. When it could be opened at the beginning of 1947, it was the first classical museum to open in Greece after the war; this brought much favorable comment from Greeks and foreigners.

In the Athenian Agora (see below, p. 177) a special permit allowed up to 20 workmen in 1946 (May to August) for supplementary exploration in areas already cleared. Through the winter Vanderpool, who had returned full time on October 1st, Parsons, before and after he took leave for the State Department again, and Travlos worked on publication and Mammelis on the model. More extensive excavation was permitted in spring 1947 to clear the site chosen for the museum.

Central to all aspects of the work of the School stands the Library. The existing Library had been kept in good condition throughout the war by Miss Demetracopoulou, but of course no accessions could be made. Those volumes which Harold North Fowler had acquired with the $2,500 budgeted in 1944 (above, p. 21) had finally reached the School in 1946, but there was still a tremendous gap to be filled to bring the collections up to date for the kind of working library the School requires. David M. Robinson, who was Annual Professor, devoted his time to the needs of the Library, buying or begging for many books published during the war years and filling some other gaps. More than 900 new books had been acquisitioned by April 15, 1947.

In the late winter when it became possible, Rodney Young took the firstyear student Roger Edwards on the rear seat of his motorcycle for the “trip” of the year to Delphi, Naupaktos, Patras, Tripolis and Corinth.

One particularly pleasant part of the School’s program in earlier years was revived on June 16, 1947 when an Open Meeting was held in the Gennadeion; it was attended by Their Majesties King Paul and Queen Frederika, Her Royal Highness Princess Nicholas and her three daughters. Professor Broneer lectured on the excavation of Corinth and Professor Homer Thompson on that in the Athenian Agora.

On June 27, 1947 when the members of the School gave a farewell party to Mr. and Mrs. Stevens, “who have endeared themselves to all this year,” it was far more than a farewell for 1946-47. It marked the end of Mr. Stevens’ active direction of the School since July 1, 1939, without doubt the most trying eight years in the School’s history, surely the most difficult and challenging any Director has had to face. His acquittal of the assignment (in only three of those years did he carry the official title of Director or Acting Director, but no man was ever more a Director of the School) was one of the highest spots of dedicated, selfless service the School has seen in its century of existence. In each of his Annual Reports Louis Lord pays tribute to Gorham Stevens. He speaks once of his management of the School as “providential” and again and again of what the School owes to him. On May 10, 1947 Lord wrote, “At the close of the war, when communications were opened with Athens, the auditor told me that he had grave misgivings as to his ability ever to straighten out the accounts at Athens, owing to the different rates at which the drachma was valued and the numerous currencies which had to be used in the support of the School. To his surprise he found that the account balanced to a drachma and there was nothing unaccounted for.” Mr. Stevens’ accounts bore the same precision as his architectural drawings of the Erechtheion and his other Acropolis studies. Following the records one gains an enormous admiration for his unceasing care for every meticulous detail, whether of property, finance or scholarship, his faithful oversight of every aspect of the School’s affairs, his foresight, his patience but his firmness, his astuteness in business, his care and keenness, imagination and personal joy in scholarly activity, his personal interest and generosity towards students and colleagues, his genuine humanity, his courtly dignity, his gentleman’s honor. Verily it was one of the blessings of the century that Gorham Stevens held the reins in Athens from 1939 to 1947. He was to continue to serve the School for another sixteen years as Honorary Architect and to give special support and assistance to the restoration of the Stoa of Attalos and the landscaping of the Agora.

1946–1947 U.S.A.

Since it had seemed reasonable to expect that conditions in Greece would be such that first-year students could be accepted for 1947-48, the Fellowship Committee, under the new (since 1945) Chairmanship of Gertrude Smith, in the fall of 1946 announced resumption of fellowship examinations. The precarious situation still existing in Greece discouraged many applicants, and restriction to unmarried citizens of the United States debarred others. No candidate wrote for the literature and history fellowship, but the John Williams White Fellowship in Archaeology was awarded to Hazel Palmer. The A.I.A. had discontinued its Fellowship in Archaeology which had been awarded since the beginning of fellowships offered by the School in 1895. It was John Williams White (Lord, History, pl. opp. p. 1), the first Chairman of the Managing Committee of the School, who after his year at the School as Annual Professor in 1893-94 urged the establishment of two fellowships, one financed by the School, the other by the Institute, both to be awarded on the basis of examination. The A.I.A. Fellowship had been held by a most distinguished group of men and women, some of the most noted of the School’s alumni and of classical scholars in the United States. It was a most regrettable loss to the School and to archaeology in the United States that this fellowship could no longer be awarded.

On the credit side for the School came the return to the fold of three of those institutions which had withdrawn their support, the return to full payment of those who had contributed only a token and, most encouraging, the addition in 1945-46 of three new institutions and in 1946-47 of five more. This was the result of a concerted effort by the Secretary of the Managing Committee, C. Alexander Robinson, Jr., who when he accepted the Secretaryship had promised that he would enter upon a campaign to increase the number of contributing institutions. By indefatigable letter writing and personal contacts he was responsible for a constant increase each year for many years. The $10,500 in contributions for 1946-47 was the largest sum from the cooperating members up to that time in the School’s history

A momentous change occurred in the Board of Trustees this year: Professor William T. Semple was elected President of the Board on May 7, 1947. Although in the earlier years numerous members of the Trustees had been classicists and members of the Managing Committee, this was the first time an active member of the Managing Committee of the School had served as their head officer. No little benefit was foreseen from this closer association and increased understanding between the two bodies charged with the management of the School. The Trustees were pleasantly surprised to receive from the estate of Richard Seager an additional $2,710.85 and to learn that a further $2,000 or so would eventually come to augment the original $45,742.24 which provided such welcome income for excavations.

By spring 1947 it was clear that Mrs. Carpenter’s health would not permit Rhys Carpenter to take up his Directorship of the School in 1947-48. By decision of the Executive Committee, therefore, Lord wrote to Oscar Broneer (Pl. 12, b), Professor of Archaeology at the School since 1940, who had begun as Instructor in 1928 and served continuously as the resident instructor with rising academic rank until 1939 and who had been in charge of Corinth excavations for many years. Lord asked Broneer to assume the full responsibility of the School including the Athenian Agora, Corinth, the Gennadeion, plus a fall visit to the United States to conduct a campaign for funds. Ever driven by his abiding concern to get Corinth published, Lord added that he recognized the weight of all this responsibility and had full confidence in Broneer, but hoped it would not detract from his work on Corinth publication, for he still hoped to see Corinth published within his Chairmanship. After some provisions for assistance by other officers Broneer accepted the Acting Directorship for 1947-48.

1947–1948 Greece

“In many respects the present year has been unusual,” wrote Acting Director Broneer in his Annual Report for 1947-48. Although in summer 1945 it had been predicted that a normal School year might be expected by fall 1947, the abnormal conditions resulting from continued civil disturbances meant that the regular program of the School for first-year students was impossible. There were five first-year members (School Fellows and G.I. Bill of Rights holders) and three former members (including Mr. Edwards from the preceding year), plus a special undergraduate student (son of a man in Athens in government service) during the spring months, and the Agora staff. The usual “Northern” trip to North-Central Greece including Delphi and the trip to the interior of the Peloponnese had to be omitted, but Professor Broneer assisted by Saul Weinberg, Assistant Director, took the group to Delos, Boiotia as far north as Chaironeia and Euboia, Olympia, the Corinthia and the Argolid in the fall and to Crete in March. The traditional study of the sites of Attica and the monuments of Athens was carried on as well as study in such museums as were open and in some still closed to the public but generously made available by special arrangement. Mr. Hill conducted his famous sessions on the reconstruction of the Southwest wing of the Propylaia; this was the last time for this course by which so many generations of American School students had been introduced to architectural reconstruction, for the Archaeological Service had begun the actual reconstruction of this wing.

The new students, the older scholars and the staff all managed without complaint the crowded living conditions necessitated by the continued rental of Loring Hall to the American Embassy. The financial advantage to the School of this arrangement still loomed large, for the cost of maintenance and service continued to increase steadily and steeply out of proportion to the School’s financial resources. The buildings were reported to be badly in need of repairs and repainting, hardly surprising after the long period in which regular upkeep had been impossible, but without sufficient funds for the essential work of the School none of this could be contemplated. Estimates of the cost were made in summer 1947 by Stuart Thompson and again in 1948 by Mr. Stevens.

The year had opened in Athens with a significant international occasion. Ten members of the School as well as other American delegates attended the Centenary Celebration of the French School on September 10th-17th, an elegant series of formal receptions and sessions combined with performances of ancient plays and visits to the excavations at Delos and Epidauros and to the monuments of Athens. B. H. Hill had been appointed the official delegate of the School by the Managing Committee; other members of the School represented other American institutions. A special exhibition of books by the early French travelers was arranged by Professor Weber in the Gennadeion as part of the tribute to the French School.

William B. Dinsmoor served as Annual Professor for the first semester, “completed” his work on the West Shops at Corinth and worked on the Propylaia and the old Athena temple on the Acropolis. In the second semester C. Alexander Robinson, Jr. of Brown University assisted the students in their individual work as well as doing his own historical research. Arthur Parsons, who held the appointment of Professor of Archaeology in residence but who had returned to the State Department in the latter part of the previous year, resigned his appointment with the School and did not serve. His association with the School, which began as a student in 1931–1933, continued as Agora Fellow 1933–1940, as Assistant Director 1939–1941 and Director, by title, 1941–1946 while he was absent on war service. His loss to archaeology both as a skilled field archaeologist and as a dedicated teacher was, through his intimate knowledge of Greece and his sympathetic understanding of its people, a valuable gain to the U.S. Government for whom he played a distinguished role, as a member of the American Delegation on the Commission of the United Nations Security Council to investigate disputes between Greece and her northern neighbors, until his untimely death on September 29, 1948.

At Corinth Professor Broneer, Mr. and Mrs. Weinberg, Mr. Edwards and in the spring Professor and Mrs. Stillwell (see below, pp. 152-153) continued their study and writing, even though activities of the antartai had been stepped up to such an extent that sometimes even the road to Corinth was not safe.

A very important service of the School to Americans outside its own membership began this year and was to continue for the life of the American Mission for Aid to Greece. Professor Broneer and all the staff recognized the opportunity offered the School to fulfill its purpose of encouraging Greek studies in a broader way than ever envisaged by the founders of the School, but in a kind of service suggested by the report of the Committee on Scope and Function in 1946. The staff offered to give the Mission personnel and their families a series of popular lectures on the history and monuments of Athens and to conduct such excursions outside Athens to archaeological sites as security permitted (several of those planned had to be canceled). These lectures were enthusiastically received and deeply appreciated. From an initial attendance of 50 odd the number grew as high as 150 and averaged 75 throughout the 17 lectures given by Broneer, Dinsmoor, Stevens, Vanderpool, S. Weinberg, Weber, C. A. Robinson and B. H. Hill and three excursions to Corinth, Eleusis and Sounion led by Broneer, Weinberg and Vanderpool. A request was made to repeat six of the lectures for new arrivals. Beside the appreciation expressed in words a voluntary donation of $470.55 for the School’s current campaign for funds was made at the end of the scries. The interest awakened in hundreds of Americans on the Mission staff in this and following years in ancient and mediaeval history and monuments and in Greek culture throughout the ages was immeasurable and deserves to be counted as one of the truly significant achievements of the School in its first hundred years.

As was noted above (p. 32) one of the responsibilities Professor Broneer had been asked to assume for the year was to organize a campaign in America of publicity and fund raising for the School. His first act was to prepare, in the summer and fall of 1947, a documentary film on the work of the School, especially excavation in progress both in the Athenian Agora and at Corinth, and of Greek life in general from which students of the School learn to understand so much of ancient as well as modern Greece. Supervision and selection of material was done by Broneer, assisted by Lucy Talcott and others in the Athenian Agora, the camera work by Karl Robinson. The film was produced in New York under the direction of Margaret Thompson, a former member of the Agora staff; through the courtesy of Spyros P. Skouras, a Trustee of the School, the facilities of Fox Movietone with its expert technicians were put at the disposal of the producers (saving some $1,500), and Triumph Over Time was ready to be shown at the meeting of the Archaeological Institute of America in New Haven after Christmas. The film was to be used by Broneer at lectures and rallies in a campaign for funds scheduled for the end of January in cities coast to coast. On January 27th, the critical illness of Mrs. Broneer brought the Acting Director home to Athens for the last two days of life of one who had been one of the School’s most loyal and devoted officers since 1927 and one of its most beloved members. News of the death of Verna Anderson Broneer shocked and deeply grieved generations of alumni and friends of the School both in Greece and in the United States, and sincere sympathy for Oscar Broneer was poured out by Greeks and Americans alike. There was no thought of his returning to America to carry on the campaign.

Verna Broneer came to Athens in 1927 as a bride and from then till her death, except for the war years spent in the United States, was closely associated with the School. She was Librarian of the School from 1930 to 1940 where her knowledge of bibliography coupled with her natural impulse to friendly helpfulness made her a tower of strength to readers. The topographical bibliography was largely her work, and it was she, too, who organized the photographs from Corinth and other School excavations into large volumes where they could be readily found and consulted. At Corinth itself she did a great deal of the record keeping and inventorying throughout the years, and in the later years many of the coins were identified by her. Beloved as she was by everyone who crossed her path at the School, by none was she more appreciated than by the natives of Old Corinth who knew well her kindness and her concern for them. Their spontaneous outpouring of affection and respect at her funeral on January 30, 1948 was one of the most telling of the occasions of close rapport between the School and the village which the School treasures. The village bore all the expense of the funeral including the cost of the plot in the local cemetery; old excavation workmen carried the body from Oakley House to the church where the secretary of the village and representatives of other local groups spoke eulogies and offered wreaths after the local priest had read the service. Then the whole village population, nearly a thousand people, followed the procession through the village down to the cemetery.

There were other losses to the School that year. The death on September 9, 1947 of Mrs. Lincoln MacVeagh and the transfer of the Ambassador to Portugal in spring 1948 deprived the School of the presence of two staunch friends and loyal supporters. Their personal interest in classical scholarship and the work of the School had assured both their personal and their official cooperation and assistance ever since 1932 when they first arrived in Greece, even before Mr. MacVeagh became a Trustee of the School. His special service to the School during the war years has been noted elsewhere (pp. 10, 12, 25, 248); he was to continue his active concern and assistance even though no longer a near neighbor.

1947–1948 U.S.A.

Back in the United States after Mrs. Broneer’s death other members of the School family did what was possible to carry out as much as had already been planned of the lecture and film tour to campaign for funds. Homer A. Thompson, Benjamin D. Meritt, Rhys Carpenter, Margaret Thompson and Charles H. Morgan took over the lectures already arranged. The film was shown in some 13 cities of the United States and also in England and in Greece. A mail campaign also brought results. The total receipts of some seven thousand dollars from the film and $5,000 from the mail campaign did not greatly exceed expenses, but the gain in publicity for the School throughout the country could be measured as definitely positive. In the fund raising in years thereafter, some of the ground work of 1947 bore fruit. The film Triumph Over Time continued to be rented to schools, colleges and other organizations for some years to come; the monetary income was never large, but the publicity for the School, for classical studies, for Greece was significant.

The Managing Committee was putting much thought on three major problems: the Directorship, the need for more space in the Library, and the Agora museum. When Rhys Carpenter, who had been appointed director in 1946 for four years but had been unable to act in Athens from 1946 to 1948, felt that there was no possibility of his filling the position in the remainder of the term, the Managing Committee was deeply disappointed but reluctantly accepted his resignation and began a search for a new Director to guide the revival of the School after the war interlude. After a thorough canvass of all possibilities by a special committee and careful discussion by the Executive Committee, it was recommended to the Managing Committee that Carl W. Blegen be appointed for one year with John L. Caskey as Assistant Director, Caskey at the close of that year, on Blegen’s recommendation, to be appointed for an indefinite period. The mail vote of the Managing Committee was enthusiastic and almost unanimous.

Various proposals and recommendations for increasing library space were made by members of the staff in Athens and by those in America: by turning the top-floor rooms of the School into seminar rooms with shelves, by taking over the public rooms of the Director’s quarters, or by building an addition. Estimates were made, but no action was taken since enforced changes of plan for the Agora museum meant that no expenditure could be made on the Library or on the Corinth Museum addition until the financial picture of the School could be clarified. Mrs. Moore, in the course of the year, gave an additional sum (approximately $30,000) for the Corinth Museum addition to go with the $10,000 given before the war. It was hoped that work on it could begin the following, year (see below, p. 153). The Agora museum problem (see below, pp. 182-187) arose when the site west of the Areopagus selected and approved by the Greek Archaeological Service proved upon excavation to contain archaeological monuments that the Service decreed could not be covered by the museum. A new solution had to be found, and the plans already drawn and revised once by William T. Aldrich of the Board of Trustees to fit requirements of the Service had to be abandoned completely.

The Committee on Fellowships held examinations for candidates. It was gratifying that the number of applicants had increased somewhat over the previous year, but it was a matter of concern and discussion to both the Managing Committee and the Alumni Council that there were not enough first class applicants. More active publicity and enlistment of the best students in classics were urged and promised.

In April 1948 Professor Broneer was offered a one-year Visiting Professorship by the University of Chicago. In reply to his letter to Chairman Lord reporting the offer, Lord wrote highly appreciatively that the School did not want to lose the man who had been its mainstay for so many years, but that if Broneer really wanted to return to America and at the same time to continue at the School, this appeared ideal since a continuing appointment was envisaged with time off in the spring for excavation; he would ask the Managing Committee to grant a leave of absence from Broneer’s position as Professor of Archaeology at the School for 1948-49. The leave was granted.

The question of whether to hold a session of the Summer School in 1948 also occupied the Chairman particularly, since he had been its Director before the war and was prepared to continue to lead the group. In February and March Acting Director of the School Broneer tried to discourage Lord from bringing a summer session since so many museums were still closed, so many sections of the country were unsafe because of antartai activity, and prices of food and transportation were so high. In spite of these difficulties and the further one of reaching Athens (ships were so irregular and expensive and planes still very expensive), it was finally decided to hold the session in 1948 for the ten students, including some undergraduates, eager to go.

A far-reaching change took place in the work of the Publications Committee at the May 1948 meeting. Because it would seriously hamper the School’s control of the academic quality of its publications as well as involve the School in a loss of revenue, approval of the contract now required by the Harvard University Press to continue to act as the School’s publisher was recognized as impossible. The alternative was a momentous decision for the School: to act as its own publisher in future, the Committee to be responsible for all aspects of editing, production, and sales with the attendant bookkeeping (below, pp. 248-249).

Finally, in the field of personnel, the Chairman felt the need of some assistance in the many unusual problems of the future of the School and asked the Managing Committee to approve the appointment of Charles H. Morgan as Vice Chairman for the two remaining years of the Chairman’s term.

A special committee on Suggestions for Benefits to Contributing Institutions, chaired by Robert L. Scranton and including C. S. Hartman and Dorothy Burr Thompson, presented a lengthy report in which emphasis was laid on visual aids (photographs, slides, film strips of the School’s excavations) as the most tangible, effective means of benefiting the institutions, more fellowships especially for teachers and undergraduates in the summer (they could not have foreseen that the Fulbright Act would make this proposal unnecessary for the regular session) and lectures to be given to the Institutions by returning members of the School on the latest material.

1948–1949 Greece

When Carl William Blegen (Pl. 12, c) of the University of Cincinnati assumed the directorship of the School on July 1, 1948, the shadows of civil war and economic disaster continued to cloud Greek skies, and the latter would only increase during the year. In spite of these deterrents the year proved a profitable and successful one for the School and was a prelude to the significant revival in the years to come.

There were five first-year students plus one who came only for the spring, all Fellows of the School or of their own institutions, and three second-year Fellows, as well as the Agora staff of eight plus the Field Director and the staff of the School. This was by and large the pattern of personnel at the School to be followed for many years to come. The number of first-year and of second-or-more year students would increase in relation to the Agora staff and to the School staff but those three main groups made up the School’s company. The staff included beside the one-year Director Blegen, the Assistant Director John L. Caskey who was expected to become Director, Elizabeth G. Caskey who began her outstanding service as the School’s Librarian, Shirley H. Weber continuing as Librarian of the Gennadeion and Professor of Classics, Eurydice Demetracopoulou as Assistant in the Gennadeion, Gorham P. Stevens as Honorary Architect, John Travlos as Architect of School Excavations and Aristides Kyriakides as Business Manager. There was no Professor of Archaeology in residence since Professor Broneer was on leave at the University of Chicago, and the Annual Professor Edward Capps, Jr. came only for the second semester which he devoted to study for publication of the sculpture at Corinth.

The Assistant Director shared the duties of instruction with the Director on the fall trips and conducted most of the winter courses in Topography and Monuments and in Attic sites. Professor Weber read the Odyssey with students in the winter. Activity of the revolutionaries prevented travel to most of the Peloponnese in the fall, but to the traditional “Northern” trip to Central Greece were added trips to Delos and Crete where the generous hospitality of the French and British Schools in housing the members of the group made possible these highly successful days of study on the sites. By the end of March it was safe for Blegen to carry out the Argolid trip and another to Olympia in April, and some members did get to Tripolis, Sparta and Bassai. The older students concentrated and accomplished much on their assignments: Kevin Andrews worked on the study of Venetian fortresses in connection with his publication of the Grimani maps in the Gennadeion (this became Gennadeion Monograph, IV,Castles of the Morea); Hazel Palmer after inventorying material from a well near Temple E at Corinth turned to the study of the Classical graves of the North Cemetery, which had been assigned to her by Mrs. Shear (the largest part of Corinth XIII); Anna Benjamin worked on dialect inscriptions and linguistic problems in the graffiti from the Agora; and Roger Edwards after completing the cataloguing and photographing of the pottery from the South Stoa at Corinth joined the Agora staff. By spring the first-year students also had individual problems to which they turned their attention. In the pre-war program of the School, excavation was the spring activity and some of the students regularly joined the excavation staffs to profit from the training and experience to be gained from such work, while others preferred to follow their own scholarly projects. Excavations had been strictly limited in size by the Greek authorities since the war, but in April 1949 Blegen could write, “All restrictions of recent years which have so hampered digging by the Archaeological Schools have been abolished by the new Minister of Education, Mr. K. Tsatsos.” A. D. Keramopoullos, a long-time friend of the School, had been succeeded by another good friend, Anastasios K. Orlandos, as Director of the Archaeological Service who “has also looked on our problems with his usual cordial understanding sympathy.” The problem of the School was not permission but money; there were no funds for Corinth, but by spring work could proceed in the Athenian Agora thanks to outside assistance (see below, p. 178).

The financial crisis of the School’s budget had arisen because of the phenomenal rise in all costs in Greece. All prices were by 1948-49 far more than three times what they had been in 1938-39, and even though the salaries of the Greek employees had been raised they remained woefully inadequate for their bare necessities; Blegen urged that salaries must be raised further and that the families must be helped directly with clothing. The Alumni Association responded to the latter plea by sending out to its members a list of the names and ages of the members of the families the School needed to help; a very gratifying response enabled the Association to make several large shipments of clothing. Blegen warned that the next year there would be nothing left after the fixed charges for maintenance were met. He urged that the School continue in 1949-50 to rent the main portion and West House of Loring Hall and the Gennadeion West House to the Embassy as in 1948-49 when the Agricultural attaché lived in Loring Hall West House and the Special Assistant to the Ambassador in Gennadeion West House. The ten rooms of the center of Loring Hall had with the rooms in the Main Building been adequate to house the students in 1948-49 and the income from the rental of the rest (some $1,550 a month for 10 months) was all that saved the budget that year.

Help, both financial and otherwise, came to the School at this critical period from the United States and Greek Governments, thanks in large part to the active role played in the planning by Carl Blegen. “In its aim to re-establish the economy of Greece on a self-supporting basis, the ECA Mission has set a high value on the revival of the tourist business as one of the most productive agencies in bringing free foreign exchange into the country. In this conviction the Mission saw its way to grant financial aid to the Ministry of Education for the much needed rehabilitation of the country’s archaeological resources.” Blegen did much during November and December 1948 as a participant in the meetings between the Mission representatives and the Archaeological Service to work out the details of rehabilitating the museums and of repairing and preserving important ancient monuments. Among the grants made was one for the restoration of the Stoa of Attalos; the initial grant allowed for the clearing of the ground in front, removal of the blocks from within the building, rebuilding of the terrace wall in front and some work on the steps of the building. This grant to the Greek Archaeological Service was turned over to the American School’s Agora excavation to administer jointly with the Service and permitted beginning the work toward restoring the Stoa of Attalos to serve as the Agora Museum, a plan which had now been approved by the Archaeological Council. Unfortunately, by February 1949, because of increased military needs, the allotment for the Stoa had been cut from $100,000 to $20,000. Funds to complete the enormously costly undertaking had of course to be raised by the School (see below, pp. 182-183).

The School needed funds for the scientific personnel as well as the workmen, however, and it was another joint United States and Greek Government program which provided the Agora Fellows with their stipends for several years, i.e. the Fulbright Act (see below, pp. 43-44). It was, to be sure, not until March 1949 that official notification was received that Fulbright Research Fellowships had been awarded for the year beginning October 1, 1948 to six members of the Agora staff and a travel grant to the seventh, and there had been no little hardship meanwhile, but gratitude was sincere when word finally came after enormous effort and endless correspondence by Blegen. There was hope that these fellowships in the category of advanced research would be renewed, since there were few openings in Greece for advanced research in fields other than those sponsored by the School. This did in fact happen.

The other category of Fulbright graduate fellowships, for study in the predoctoral phase, was announced in Washington in December 1949 and was to have an enormous influence on the selection of the students who came to the School for a number of years thereafter (see below, pp. 44-45).

The staff of the School, on its part, gave of its scholarly store again to the American Mission personnel as they had first in the preceding year and were to continue to do for several more years. Sixteen lectures were given, three each by Blegen, Caskey and Rodney Young, two each by Stevens and Vander-pool, one each by Alison Frantz, B. H. Hill and Shirley Weber. Once more appreciation of the 30 to 80 (depending on the weather) Mission personnel was expressed by monetary contribution, this time to defray the cost of excavation in connection with the study of some specific problem in the Agora.

The buildings of the School grew no younger or less in need of painting and repair. The most urgent problems, particularly plumbing, were dealt with by the School’s own employees, except for the boiler in the Gennadeion which required a welding firm, and through the skill and industry of one of the permanent School employees, a “one-man repair team,” much repainting was done. Blegen wrote, “This will be continued as long as our supply of paint lasts.” He paid high tribute to the devotion of all the domestic staff who continued to serve cheerfully regardless of failing equipment as well as the disproportionately low wages in relation to their cost of living. The students’ costs, too, were exorbitantly high of course and would have been disastrous without the expert management of the students’ mess by Rodney Young, and later Mrs. Carroll, and the access to the Commissary supplies of the American Council of Voluntary Agencies (founded in April 1948 to help the various American groups in Greece and continued until November 1950 when the food situation had greatly improved).

1948–1949 U.S.A.

The financial situation of the School was helped greatly by the addition of six new cooperating institutions; several others were endeavoring to raise an endowment to fund their institutions permanently, but much more was needed for the permanent endowment of the School to carry on its regular activities as well as specifically for the Athenian Agora and the Agora museum. Attempts were being made to interest a number of potential large donors. Both the Trustees and the Chairman of the Managing Committee were committed to raising a considerable endowment, but they were also trying to attack the problem by soliciting funds for specific portions of the School’s programs. In the end it was the individual items, specifically the Agora and its museum, for which funds were found over the succeeding years rather than the General Endowment which to this day (1980) remains the desperate need if the School is to survive to offer training in Greek studies to American students and prospective teachers.

A temporary solution to the financing of the Summer Session was approved by the Managing Committee at the May 1949 meeting whereby the Bureau of University Travel would conduct the Summer Session beginning in 1950. It would pay the salary of the Director, all promotional fees and the expenses of the session, and receive all tuitional fees, while the School would appoint the Director; this arrangement could be terminated at any time. Since the Chairman of the Managing Committee, who had been the Director of the Summer Session for some years, had recently become an official of the B.U.T., the arrangement was considered likely to prove efficient and to insure the continuing of the Summer Session (see below, Chapter VI).

In the field of personnel, the Managing Committee had to find a Professor of Archaeology to be resident at the School and responsible for a major portion of the instruction offered. With the increasing administrative duties eating into the Director’s time it was recognized as essential that there be a resident Professor of Archaeology, as Oscar Broneer had been for many years before the war, to divide the academic duties with the Director. When Broneer requested a further leave of absence of three years to continue his appointment at the University of Chicago, which would, however, give him the second semester free every other year to continue his work at Corinth, the Managing Committee explored the field for a new Professor of Archaeology. The choice fell upon a member of the Agora staff, Eugene Vanderpool, who was appointed at the May 1949 meeting to be Professor of Archaeology as well as continuing to be a Research Fellow of the Agora staff. The appointment was for one year, as was also that of John L. Caskey as Director.

Even as in the previous year there had been a notable change and increase in the operation of the Publications Committee, this year brought the Fellowship Committee the necessity of a different mode of awarding fellowships and a far greater responsibility. This was the result of the Fulbright Act, the Research Fellows of which had just been appointed for 1948-49; the pre-doctoral grants were to begin for 1949-50 but had to be acted upon in the spring of 1949. The Fulbright Act had been adopted by the 79th United States Congress. It provided that payment for military material left in foreign allied countries after World War II might be made to the United States by using their own currency in their own country to help Americans studying or teaching in such countries or to help their own students go to the United States to study. A separate agreement with each country was signed by the United States and the country concerned. Funds always had to stay in local currency. The agreement in each case was administered by a division of the Department of State and various committees in the United States and by an administrative body in the foreign country.

In the case of Greece there were about 20 million dollars to be available over a period of 20 years. In the United States the Institute of International Education organized a screening and selection committee to assist the Board of Foreign Scholarships in drawing up its lists of fellows. This list had also to be approved by the committee in Athens, the United States Educational Foundation for Greece, comprising the United States Ambassador, other Americans and several Greeks. Since the American School of Classical Studies at Athens was the principal educational institution at which students would wish to study in Greece, it was obvious that a goodly number of students would be awarded Fulbright grants to study there each year. How was the School to retain its own standards of admission? The School welcomed the greater number of students thus enabled to benefit from study in Greece, all with no financial cost to the School, but the Managing Committee felt some means must be taken to assure the School the right to refuse admission to any inadequately prepared student. A committee was appointed to define the policy of the School in regard to persons who were to be recommended for work at the School, to explore the desired qualifications of such people, and in general to study the subject of admission to the School; this committee, chaired by Gertrude Smith, consisted of the members of the Committee on Fellowships (Alexander D. Fraser and Clark Hopkins), Alfred R. Bellinger, Carl W. Blegen, Rhys Carpenter and Charles H. Morgan. Since Professors Bellinger and Blegen were members of the Board of Foreign Scholarships and the United States Educational Foundation for Greece, this assured some understanding on those decision-making boards of the policies and standards of the School. When the names had been selected by the Fulbright boards they were submitted to the School’s Fellowship Committee for acceptance. Nowhere along the line were applicants required to take any examinations.

The effect of all this on the School’s own Fellowships was bound to be serious. The best qualified and most promising students such as previously had competed for the School’s Fellowships would now apply for a Fulbright and get it without examinations. Obviously the School would have to remove its requirements for examinations as long as the best candidates were attracted to Fulbright grants. The Managing Committee voted in May 1949 to permit the Fellowship Committee to omit examinations the following year, if in the judgment of the Committee this seemed wise, and to select Fellows on the basis of papers, letters of recommendation, and personal interviews. Not only the method of selection but the monetary value of the Fulbright junior fellowships put the School’s Fellowships at a disadvantage. In any case the increased cost of living in Greece had made the $1300 stipend inadequate; it was therefore voted to raise the stipend to $2000. It was also agreed to award only two School Fellowships for 1949-50, both because the Fulbright awards would take care of so many and in order to let the Fellowship funds accumulate so that the higher stipend could continue to be paid. There would be no letup in work for the Fellowship Committee, however, in the oncoming years, for the negotiations with the Fulbright boards as well as administering the School’s own Fellowships demanded a staggering amount of correspondence between the Committee and the boards and the Director in Athens with whom the Chairman kept in constant contact on matters of both general policy and individual personnel. For that first year, 1949-50, there were ten Fulbright Scholars appointed in spring 1949 as well as eight senior Research Fulbright Fellows. The last Regular Member holding a Fulbright grant was enrolled in 1975-76.

It had been only three years before in 1945-46 that the Managing Committee had considered its Regulations and made various changes and additions (see above, pp. 21-22), but still others were now necessary to incorporate its recent legislative action and to restate the definition of the Committee. As approved on May 14, 1949, “The Managing Committee . . . shall consist of a representative or representatives from each of the Universities and Colleges [in 1950 there was added here ‘and other educational institutions’] which unite in the support of the School, of the Director of the School, of the Treasurer of the Corporation, and of professors annually appointed to the staff from the faculties of the supporting Universities and Colleges, these professors to be members of the Committee during the years of service and the year following. The Managing Committee is empowered further to add to its membership such individuals as it may deem wise to elect who are officers of the Archaeological Institute of America, of the American School of Oriental Research, of the Classical School maintained by the American Academy in Rome, and two representatives of the Alumni Association of the American School of Classical Studies at Athens. It may also elect, subject to the confirmation of the Trustees, other persons who have shown special interest in the School.” Further amendments passed in 1949 provided that elected members of the Executive Committee be increased from six to eight; salaries and terms of office of officers were to be fixed by the Managing Committee; the Committees on Publications, Admissions and Fellowships, and Placement were to have three members with additional members when advisable, to serve one-year terms but to be eligible for re-election; the Personnel Committee of three, one member elected each year, were to serve three-year terms and be limited to three terms.

1949–1950 Greece

After a decade of abnormal conditions at the School through the years of war and its aftermath and gradual recovery, the last year of Professor Lord’s chairmanship saw the School solidly established once more in its teaching and excavating and embarked upon a distinguished 30 years to complete its century of achievement. Lord had struggled with so many problems both external and internal in that decade that his friends rejoiced that he could have one final year of satisfaction in the School’s re-established stability. Although looking over the long range one tends to think of Morgan’s Chairmanship and Caskey’s Directorship as synchronous, it should be emphasized here that John L. Caskey (PI. 12, d) began his Directorship under the strong support of Lord as Chairman as well as that of Charles H. Morgan who had been Vice Chairman since 1948.

Termination of the revolutionary activity which had plagued Greece ever since the end of the World War made possible travel throughout the country, which was further facilitated by better and better communications. The fall program, planned especially for first-year students but participated in also by some of the senior fellows, could now include Delos as well as the long traditional Boiotia, Delphi and the North; Arkadia, Lakonia and Messenia; Corinth and the Argolid. In March a second shorter trip to Boiotia and the Olympia trip were made, and finally in May an informal trip to Samos and the Greek cities of Asia Minor, Troy and Istanbul was organized for the thirteen interested students (plus three guests). The addition of Delos to the regular schedule, introduced the preceding year when many parts of the mainland were inaccessible, proved particularly valuable and enjoyable. During the winter the long established course on Topography and Monuments of Athens, meeting twice a week, made use not only of the Director and Professor of Archaeology in residence, Caskey and Vanderpool, but also of Mr. Hill and Mr. Stevens on the Acropolis, so the students had the advantage of working with the distinguished experts who were members emeriti of the School’s staff. In addition to the trips to sites in Attica there were also offered a course in Thucydides by Gertrude Smith, the Annual Professor for the year, and a series of introductory lectures on pre-Classical pottery (Caskey and Hazel Hansen, Fulbright Senior Fellow), coins (Weber), inscriptions (Vanderpool), and the Byzantine period (Alison Frantz). The latter lectures were of particular value to many of the students whose previous training had not included study in these fields, which could be touched upon only lightly in the other School courses and the trips. By spring the numerous first-year students were all at work on projects of their own, and many of them were traveling both more widely in Greece and to other countries in the eastern Mediterranean. They had learned modern Greek well and were enterprising about making the most of their weeks in Greece. It was also true that the more ample funds of the Fulbright grants permitted more traveling than had other fellowships in recent years in spite of the still rising costs of everything in Greece. Of the ten junior Fulbrights, five were first-year students, five second-year, and there were eight other first-year students; so although Fulbrights had been a boon to second-year as well as new students, it was a good sign for the future of the School that students were coming again on fellowships from their own institutions.

The lectures to the Embassy and E.C.A. personnel begun two years earlier were continued with similar success and appreciation. Some 125-150 persons attended the series given by Caskey, Vanderpool, Homer Thompson, Gertrude Smith, Weber and Alison Frantz.

Excavation was again limited because of financial restrictions, but thanks to E.C.A. funds it continued actively in the Agora in preparation for the rebuilding of the Stoa of Attalos as the museum (see below, p. 182), and good work on study for publication was accomplished by the Senior Research Fellows in both Athens and Corinth. In Corinth at long last work could begin in January on construction of the new wing of the Museum, preparation for the foundations of which had begun during the last years before the war (see above, p. 3); by September it was complete (see below, pp. 62, 153). A third museum in Greece under American sponsorship was also taking shape; construction was proceeding on the central unit of the museum on Samothrace by the New York University excavation which was sponsored by the American School (see below, pp. 62, 208-209).

When it became clear in the summer of 1949 how many students would be needing housing, the agreement to continue to rent Loring Hall to the Embassy was canceled, leaving only the Loring Hall West House and the Gennadeion West House rented to members of the E.C.A. Mission. Occupancy of the School buildings was thus also returning to normal. In September the United States Government Commissary privileges previously extended to members of American non-profit voluntary agencies were suspended. This fact along with the opening of Loring Hall made essential the appointment of a full-time administrator of the building and meals. It will be recalled that since 1946 one of the older students had been in charge of the students’ mess. Mrs. Sarantidou, who had been in charge of running Loring Hall for the Embassy, was retained and continued for some years. The new oil-burning furnaces and water heaters which arrived on December 6 yielded welcome hot water three days a week (the water level was alarmingly low in the Marathon reservoir). With the large enrollment and those entitled to the houses occupying rooms instead, there was little if any free space, but whenever there was, the Director provided accommodation both in Loring Hall and in Oakley House at Corinth for special guests with connections past or present with the School. This hospitality to alumni and members of supporting institutions whenever possible continued for many years even after the difficulty of 1949–1950 of finding accommodation elsewhere had ceased to exist. The presence of many of these visitors added appreciably to the variety of interest and breadth of experience and scholarship offered to the resident members.

The Open Meeting at which activities of the past year were reported to the archaeological community of Athens and friends of the School was held in March and attended by Their Majesties the King and Queen and Princess Helen. The genuine interest of the Royal Court in the work of the School was made evident throughout the reign of King Paul not only by their own regular attendance at the Open Meetings and special functions of the School but also by such gracious consideration as the sending of tickets for members of the School for a special service in the Cathedral in March 1952 (see also below, p. 61).

An act passed by the Greek parliament and signed by the King in October was of life-saving assistance financially to many members of the American Voluntary Agencies in Greece. It provided to some dozen agencies certain rights of importation, official exemption from various forms of taxation and freedom from a number of complex government regulations. It stood “as a valuable and practical token of Greek appreciation of American private contribution to Greek life” at a time when the major United States Government activity tended to obscure the long-term achievements of the voluntary private institutions struggling for survival.

In his annual report Director Caskey called particular “attention to the harmony and will to cooperate that prevail, without loss of individual initiative, among all members” of the School which “had resumed its full and active life and had opened its facilities and benefits to a large number of people.” He welcomed this extension of opportunities to advance the cause of classical education in America, but he warned that maximum enrollment should be undertaken with care to maintain the opportunities for advanced research and the high standards which have distinguished the School’s work in the past.

1949–1950 U.S.A.

The year saw several changes in the Board of Trustees, a very significant one in its President. Professor Semple’s precarious health caused him to resign the Presidency, while fortunately remaining a member of the Board, where he was still to give significant service. In his stead as President there came to the post on November 21, 1949 a man who throughout his years as President and then as Chairman must have been the most active leader the Board has had, Ward M. Canaday (Pl. 9, b). He had been a member since 1937 and understood well the heavy financial responsibilities he was shouldering. From the beginning he tackled them with his characteristic driving energy and his keen interest in the School which grew to be a deep devotion. A. Winsor Weld who had served as member since 1920 and Treasurer since 1933 resigned as Secretary-Treasurer and became Vice President till 1954. It was Edward Capps, under whom Weld worked in the Red Cross during World War I, who sparked his interest in the School to which he gave such devoted service. Louis Eleazer Lord who would retire as Chairman of the Managing Committee on June 30, 1950 was elected to the Board and as Secretary-Treasurer on November 21, 1949; he would fill the office until 1954. On May 10, 1950 died Edwin S. Webster, member since 1926, Vice President 1930–1941 and President 1941–1947 (see above, p. 24).

The Managing Committee also dealt with more than the usual matters of personnel. Professor Caskey’s appointment as Director of the School was made definitely for five years beginning July 1, 1949; this would be renewed for another 5 years. The problem of Professor Weber’s appointment as Librarian of the Gennadeion had become a thorny one because of a commitment made in 1937 “for life.” At that time School appointments were usually made with indefinite term, but since meanwhile the Managing Committee had voted to make all appointments by fixed term, some adjustment was necessary. The Managing Committee had also fixed 65 as normal retirement age. After no little consideration of the matter it was voted on May 13, 1950 that Professor Weber was to retire and would be retired on July 1, 1953 at the age of 70. At the same time a new appointment was made in the United States. When the School took on the full responsibilities of its publications it became necessary that the officer in charge of the Publications Office hold a full-time staff position. Lucy T. Shoe was appointed to take office on July 1, 1950 both as Chairman of the Publications Committee and as Editor of Publications, an office which was to rank as staff member of the School. Miss Shoe would continue in that double appointment till October 1, 1972. Most significant of the new appointments was that of Charles H. Morgan as Chairman of the Managing Committee for five years; this appointment would in due time be extended to a further five years to make a decade of one of the most distinguished and effective chairmanships in the School’s history.

Mr. Lord, who throughout his chairmanship had been actively working to add to numerous existing named endowment funds, succeeded in starting up several others, all welcome but totaling a relatively small amount in relation to the School’s needs. He was assigned by the Trustees for the following year the very difficult yet essential task of soliciting potential large donors and foundations. A grant for the current 1950-51 expenses of the School from the Bollingen Foundation to assist while the campaign for endowment was under way was the first of numerous contributions to be made by the Bollingen in subsequent years for specific needs.

In his annual report the first year after the war on May 11, 1946 Mr. Lord had listed five responsibilities he believed the School must discharge: (1) publish the Gennadeion catalogue, (2) complete the publication of Corinth, (3) complete the preliminary excavation of the Agora along lines laid out by Mr. Shear, (4) build the Agora Museum, (5) make adequate provision for the Library. Of these, without any doubt dearest to his heart was no. 2. Throughout his chairmanship both during and after the war his thoughts, his talk, his letters all bore upon the Corinth publications which he longed to see complete in his chairmanship. By assigning much of the unfinished material to young scholars who he believed would see the work through and do it well, sending them out on fellowships to do the study required on the site, constant reminding, cajoling and begging, the major part of that responsibility was discharged under his leadership; although the volumes were actually published in the following few years the scholarly work was done chiefly under his impetus. Fortunately he lived to see Corinth volumes XIV Asklepieion by Carl Roebuck (1951), I, iii Monuments in the Lower Agora and North of the Archaic Temple by Robert L. Scranton (1951), II The Theatre by Richard Stillwell (1952), XII Minor Objects by Gladys R. Davidson (1952), XV, ii The Potters’ Quarter, The Terracottas by Agnes Newhall Stillwell (1953), and I, iv The South Stoa and its Roman Successors by Oscar Broneer (1954), if not I, v The Southeast Building, the Twin Basilicas, The Mosaic House by Saul S. Weinberg (1960) and the volume he most of all wished to see published, I, vi The Springs by B. H. Hill on which Mr. Hill continued to work and which could only be published after Mr. Hill’s death.

Verily Mr. Lord did accomplish his no. 2; no. 1 would take many years yet to bring to fruition; no. 5 was recognized as last on the list and capable of being put off; but on nos. 3 and 4 in the Athenian Agora excavations he set the plough in the ground. Others would carry the chief burden, but he had seen to it that the commitments were made. His own deprecating assessment of his chairmanship as “an undistinguished administration” was far too modest and unfair to himself. He had failed to measure and weigh the unparalleled problems and cares of the war and immediately post-war years during which a man less vigorous, quick thinking and acting, practically efficient, financially provident and personally tireless in his devotion could have meant disaster for the School. His faith and his vision for the future of the School were bulwarks. In several of his annual reports he expresses appreciation to the Chairman of the Publications Committee for carrying on the publications department of the School when all else was in abeyance and for emphasizing the importance of publication in the School’s over-all activity. It was characteristic of him to give credit to others for convincing him of its importance (we know his own commitment to Corinth publications); without his moral and budgetary support the notable record of publication during the war years which kept the existence of the School in people’s minds would not have been possible. In 1955 while still unduly deprecating his achievements Lord wrote to his successor Charles Morgan that he considered he had done three things of value for the School:

“1) forced on me by Ben Meritt, recognition of publication as one of the major responsibilities of the School; the establishment of our office in Princeton, the appointment of Lucy Shoe as editor and the large appropriation for publication—-this a distinctive achievement.
2) securing you [Charles Morgan] as my successor.
3) persuading Ward Canaday to take the Chairmanship of the Trustees.”

Chapter II: The Chairmanship of Charles Hill Morgan, 1950–1960

When Charles Hill Morgan (Pl. 10, c) of Amherst College became Chairman of the Managing Committee on July 1, 1950, the staff of the School in Athens, with which he was to lead an outstanding near decade in the School’s history, had been working together for a year and were ripe and ready for the highly successful achievements to come.

1950–1959 Greece

That staff in the first year of Caskey’s (Pl. 12, d) Directorship (1949-50) remained in large part the same throughout the next nine years. Eugene Vanderpool (Pl. 13, b) continued as Professor of Archaeology in residence and not only shared with Caskey the duties of instruction, taking over more and more of the long fall trips and the winter courses as well as advising and working with the students on their individual research problems as the demands of administration ate more and more into the Director’s days and thoughts, but also assumed those administrative duties whenever Caskey was absent. This happened regularly every two years when he went to America for a month in mid-winter to meet with both Chairman and the whole Managing Committee. Morgan, Caskey and Vanderpool made an admirably effective team in dealing equally successfully with the ever more complex administrative matters concerning the numerous Greek Government Agencies, Ministries and Services and with the more varied academic responsibilities that came with the diversified ages, training, interests and requirements of the members of the School.

In addition to the course on the Topography and Monuments of Athens, which remained as always the chief winter activity along with that of the day trips to the sites of Attica, both of which Caskey and Vanderpool shared, Caskey gave lectures on prehistoric pottery and Vanderpool on Greek epigraphy.

But it was not just a triumvirate who carried the School along so notably, for these were the years when the work which had been resumed in the Athenian Agora became one of the major activities of the School and when the harmonious cooperation of the Agora with the other work of the School was of the best. That fourth man who worked so happily with the other three was the Field Director of the Agora, Homer Armstrong Thompson (Pl. 13, b), to whom Vanderpool was also Deputy Director, so that at the times when both Caskey and Thompson were in the United States Vanderpool was the sole director of the whole of the School’s activity in instruction, research and business administration. Thompson, in spite of being only half a year in residence and heavily occupied in the excavation of the Agora and the restoration of the Stoa of Attalos, found time to make the students at home in the Agora, to lecture to them in the Agora and elsewhere and to direct the work of those students who took on Agora assignments for their spring activity.

The Director Emeritus Bert Hodge Hill (he carried that official title from 1950 till his death in 1958), the other two Professors of Archaeology, Carl Blegen and Oscar Broneer, and the Honorary Architect Gorham P. Stevens were occupied chiefly with their own research or excavation or both (respectively, Peirene and the other Springs at Corinth; Pylos; Corinth and then Isthmia; the buildings on the Acropolis), but were available and always happy to lecture to the students on their special interests and to work with them; they lectured regularly in the Topography and Monuments course. Another regular officer of the School also stood ready to assist those members with interests served by the collections in the Gennadeion Library. Shirley Weber, who continued as Librarian of the Gennadeion to June 30, 1953, worked especially in those last years of his term on the catalogue of the travelers to Greece but continued to offer instruction in numismatics; his successor Peter Topping worked on mediaeval history, particularly on a social and economic history of the Frankish Peloponnese. The assistance of these men went chiefly to the many Greek and foreign scholars who made use of the library’s treasures, but they too were available to all members of the School for advice and assistance. In addition Elizabeth Caskey, each year after Professor Weber left, found time from her Librarian’s duties in the School Library to guide the students in numismatics, and Alison Frantz of the Agora staff gave lectures on Byzantine art and history.

Finally of the instructional staff there were the Annual and Visiting Professors, the Special Research Fellows as they were now officially termed, chosen each year by the Managing Committee from its own membership to spend a year at the School. Although there have never been any formal instructional responsibilities assigned to these scholars and it has been expected that they will engage in their own research, in actual practice they have normally offered a course during the winter months as well as been available for consultation and informal assistance to students throughout the year. The variety of their interests offers a wide range in the specialities to which students are exposed.

In these nine years the following courses were offered: 1950-51: Herodotos (Clark Hopkins); 1951-52: The Odyssey, studies in the storerooms of the National Museum and a trip to Crete (George E. Mylonas); 1952-53: Aeschylus, Persae, Sophocles, Oedipus at Colonus, Euripides, Suppliants and Aristotle, Poetics (Alfred C. Schlesinger) and Homer and Modern Greek heroic oral poetry (James A. Notopoulos); 1953-54: Style in various areas of Classical art and the interpretation of style in terms of mental attitudes (Robert L. Scranton); 1954-55: Attic epigraphy in the Epigraphical and Agora Museums (Benjamin D. Meritt); 1955-56: Aeschines, Against Ktesiphon and Demosthenes, On the Crown (William E. Gwatkin, Jr.) and Periclean buildings on the Acropolis and their predecessors, as part of the regular topography of Athens course (William B. Dinsmoor); 1956-57: Prehistoric pottery and an elementary course in Homer (Hazel D. Hansen) and Greek Sculpture in the National and Acropolis Museums (Rhys Carpenter); 1957-58: Literary selections concerning Delphi from the Homeric Hymn to Apollo to Plutarch (Barbara P. McCarthy) and Menander (Arthur M. Young); 1958-59: Demosthenes, Philippic I and Olynthiacs, Aeschylus, Agamemnon, Herodotos, I and Plato, Republic with four different groups of students (Herbert S. Long) and architectural discussions (J. Walter Graham for the second term only).

Once the revolutionary activity in Greece had terminated and the bridges destroyed during the war had been rebuilt, the roads repaired and new ones built where none had existed before, it was possible in 1950 to resume the traditional pre-war trips to the principal sites of central Greece, i.e. Boiotia, Euboia, Phokis as far north as Thermopylai and of the Peloponnese, i.e. the Corinthia, the Argolid, Arkadia, Lakonia, Messenia and Olympia. It was, in fact, already possible in 1950 for the so-called “Northern” trip to drive west from Delphi through Naupaktos to Agrinion and Messolonghi, cross by ferry to Rhion and return along the south shore of the gulf. In succeeding years the core group of the old Central Greece and Peloponnesian sites was always visited, but the order and the combinations varied each year as other areas were added from time to time: Crete in 1951; Pylos in 1951 and later; an extended northwest trip as far as Kassope in 1953 and 1954; in 1955 a trip from Corinth to Olympia and then from Patras through the sites of the northwest to Ioannina and over the Pindos to Thessaly; in 1956 a spring trip to Delphi, on to the Northwest, over the Pindos to Metsova, Pharsalos, Lamia and back to Athens; in 1957 Thessaly was linked with the central Greece trip, the Northwest with Olympia; and in 1958 the islands of Delos and Mykonos replaced the Northwest. The means of transportation in 1950 were still the School’s station wagon, a hired taxi and private cars plus the train to Olympia; in 1951 a bus was added to the private cars as an experiment which proved so satisfactory and so much less costly than the cars that in 1952 the two long trips were made by bus. Thereafter the bus became regular for all trips including Olympia which was from 1953 linked to either the Northwest or the western Peloponnesian sites.

Who were the members of the School to whom this rich offering of study was made by the Staff? There continued to be the groups of senior research scholars on the one hand and on the other the junior students including both the first-year people and those who were able to stay a second or third year to work on projects begun in the first year. From 1950 to 1959, the total of these two groups each year numbered between 25 and 32, the juniors usually a few more than half the total. Of the seniors, the Agora Fellows numbered between four and seven each year, including both the indoor and outdoor staff, the cataloguers, excavators, and those working up material for publication, the same personnel each year so that the continuity of experience gave the greatest possible benefit (see below, pp. 176-177). The other senior fellows included some who worked on Agora or on Corinth material, but they were mostly concerned with various research problems from their own interests, which sometimes had been begun earlier as students of the School. They were scholars already established in teaching or research positions; they came financed by Senior Fulbright Fellowships (four in 1950-51, six in 1951-52 but only one or none annually later) or increasingly by the Guggenheim Foundation, the Ford Foundation, the American Council of Learned Societies, the Bollingen Foundation, the American Association of University Women, the American Philosophical Society, or their own resources, and they represented a wide geographical spread in the United States. Their presence added a tremendous amount of intellectual interest and vitality to the work of the junior members already engaged (as noted above) on a richly varied curriculum. These junior members included Fulbright holders, the numbers of whom dropped from nine in 1950-51 to four in 1958-59, the School’s own fellows which rose from one in 1950-51 to a regular two or three, or even four in some years with special funds, and an increasing number holding fellowships from their own institutions, notably the Charles Eliot Norton, Corey and Shelby Fellowships of Harvard University, the Ella Riegel of Bryn Mawr College, the Edward Ryerson of the University of Chicago, the Abby Leach of Vassar College, the Hyneman of the University of Pennsylvania and the Arnold Fellowship of Brown University, as well as the Woodrow Wilson Foundation Fellow. There were also those who came on their own resources, almost all of whom were from the Cooperating Institutions.

The quality and seriousness of purpose of most of these students were consistently high even if from time to time a few fell below the usual standards. They worked hard with both profit and pleasure on their reports for the trips and the winter courses as well as their own individual studies. And they learned to know and to love the land and its people. At times they were even identified with them, as when during a session of the topography course at the Olympieion a tourist was heard to call out “Yes, yes, I’m coming but I want to take a picture as soon as these peasants get out of the way.”

The heart of all the activity of the School (trips, courses, individual work, excavation) is of course the School’s Library. We have seen that several persons had labored to bring it back from the war status quo to the kind of working library the School had to have, but it was the tireless, devoted, highly skilled and knowledgeable attention and the good judgment of the Librarian of the decade 1948–1958 that brought it up and kept it up to the standard without which the School’s work could not have proceeded. Elizabeth Gwyn Caskey, on a budget all too painfully restricted, succeeded in adding new periodicals, as they appeared and proved their worth, by arranging exchanges with the School’s journal Hesperia and in acquiring the most essential books, cataloguing them and somehow shelving them in the more and more crowded cases which filled every available bit of space in the building; using an equally effective shoehorn she fitted into the limited seats the ever increasing number of readers, both members of the School and the many visitors, Greek and foreign archaeologists, coming to find resources unavailable elsewhere. When Mary Zelia Pease Philippides (Pl. 14, d) took over the Librarianship in 1958 the problem of crowding was acute, but luxurious relief was in sight; the Arthur Vining Davis Wing was under construction (see below, pp. 64-67).

The studies undertaken by the junior members of the School ranged over a wide field of ancient Greek literature, history and most of the branches of archaeology as well as some mediaeval and modern studies. They resulted in School papers in many cases, not a few of which were published in Hesperia; others led to dissertations and later books. In the decade under consideration there were many studies of topography and architecture, including the Temple of Ares in Athens and surveys of little or unknown areas and monuments in Attica, the Argolid, Boiotia, Euboia, Kephallenia and Seriphos, some of which resulted in significant later excavations and further studies, e.g. Prasiai and Leipsydrion in Attica, the Phokikon in Phokis, the Hermionid in the Argolid. Studies in sculpture included early Classical kouroi, architectural sculpture from the Temple of Ares in Athens and the Argive Heraion, and the oriental origin of sirens on bronze cauldrons; in pottery, Early and Middle Helladic, Geometric and red figured; terracotta figurines, bronzes, coins and mosaics were considered, as well as Attic and other epigraphy. Among the literary studies on Homer, Aeschylus, Pindar, Aristophanes, Plato and Demosthenes was the publication of an unedited MS of Aeschylus on Mt. Athos; there was also one on Modern Greek poetry. Historical studies included Athens in the time of Cicero and Corinth in the time of St. Paul (see below, p. 154). The senior scholars’ work comprised much of the publication of the finds from the excavations of the Athenian Agora, Corinth, the Argive Heraion, Lerna, Halai and Isthmia but included also Greek philosophy, Hellenistic history, mediaeval and modern history of Greece, Linear B, linguistic structure of modern Greek, Mycenaean and Geometric art, prehistoric Skyros, early Cycladic material, analytical examination of Greek art and culture, topography of religious festivals, setting of Greek temples, the Parthenon frieze, numismatics, especially the coinage of Euboia, ancient glass, ancient weights and measures, Aristotle and the Dikasteria, deme representation in Athens, Homer in the light of modern archaeology, Frankish and Venetian castles in the Morea, Islamic remains on Crete, ancient and modern Greek dance. The breadth of the interest in Greek studies of the members of the School, both younger and older, is thus well attested, from Bronze Age to modern times, in literature, history, philosophy, art and excavation and its results.

Before we consider the other activity of the spring, excavation, let us go back to the staff. The volume of administrative work had grown to absorb so large a proportion of the Director’s time that in 1951 a Secretary of the School was appointed, Gerald J. Sullivan, who was so valuable an assistant to the Director that he was to have served a second year had it not been necessary for him to return to America in August 1952. The need for administrative assistance in answering certain correspondence, acting as room clerk for Loring Hall, and assisting in other ways with the many visitors who came was such that in 1953-54 the Capps Fellow of the School, C. W. J. Eliot, was appointed with the understanding that he would act as assistant to the Director. He continued the work carrying the title Secretary from 1954 to 1957 when Colin N. Edmonson assumed the duties till 1960. Mr. Eliot also gave some lectures in the topography course and led some of the trips in Attica; he had become thoroughly at home in Attica through his studies of its demes and its forts, particularly Leipsydrion. He took part in the popular lecture series for American Government Mission personnel, conducted weekly tours of the Agora for visitors, and collaborated with Mabel Lang in writing the first edition of the Guide to the Athenian Agora. Mr. Edmonson also took part in the popular lectures beside his administrative duties.

The staff also included several veterans in the School’s service each of whom continued his or her highly valuable work for the School. Eurydice Demetracopoulou, Assistant in the Gennadeion since 1937 (who would occupy the position of Assistant Librarian from 1962 till 1969), carried on her work of cataloguing. John Travlos, Architect of School Excavations, continued to divide his time between the Agora and Corinth, but as work on the reconstruction of the Stoa of Attalos proceeded he gave almost full time to that (see below, p. 184).

Aristides Kyriakides, the bulwark of the School as Administrator during the war years, continued to be the legal adviser, counselor and friend of the School, handling with infinite patience, tact and effectiveness the many problems constantly arising as the School expanded its activities and its building programs. From 1951 he bore the title better suited to his services than earlier ones he had carried, namely, Legal Representative.

Also a member of the staff from July 1, 1950, ranked with the Professor of Archaeology but resident in the United States, was the Editor of Publications, Lucy T. Shoe.

Spring programs, as we have noted, concentrated on the School’s excavations, recognized since the founding of the School as one of its purposes. After a number of smaller excavations of one or a few years, Corinth had been settled upon as the main site and from 1896 had been the School’s major and much of the time only expedition. Although a great area of Corinth in Roman times had been investigated by 1940, much of significance clearly remained undisclosed, especially the levels of the Greek city. Work at Corinth had been rewarding both to the cause of Greek scholarship and to individual members of the School; the School’s record there was an enviable one and it also felt a strong responsibility to continue. Meanwhile work carried on by and for the School, but with special funds, in the Athenian Agora since 1931 had yielded results of high historical significance, and the whole enterprise had brought much acclaim to the School; for this also there was a heavy responsibility to complete properly excavation of the area undertaken and to leave it with museum and landscaping as the agreement with the Greek Government provided (see below, pp. 175, 182).

The special funds for the Agora had been exhausted in 1942. The School’s regular funds, already overtaxed for the routine expenses of the School because of higher costs everywhere after the war, were inadequate to cover excavation costs of both Corinth and the Athenian Agora. In the years immediately after the war the Trustees and the Managing Committee had felt their commitment to complete the Agora, had funneled all available funds to it and had temporarily curtailed further excavation at Corinth. By 1950 it was clear that new special funds must be found to finish the Agora responsibility and all efforts were bent to that purpose. Corinth was to lie fallow for this decade except for small investigations in connection with publication of areas already excavated. The small sum of School funds available for excavation it was decided to allocate to a new investigation, definitely limited to five years, of a site of that Bronze Age which was the Director’s special proficiency and interest, Lerna (see below, pp. 205-206).

The School’s own excavations, then, in this decade were primarily of the Athenian Agora, but from 1952 to 1958 also at Lerna; to these numerous students of the School were invited to bring their spring-season effort. One season, 1953, saw limited work at Corinth under the direction of the Chairman of the Managing Committee, Charles Morgan, in which students of the School assisted. Finally in spring 1959 normal-scale work was resumed at Corinth by the Assistant Director Henry S. Robinson who as Director in the following decade was to revive Corinth as a major center of the School’s activities. In 1954 a cemetery discovered by a bulldozer near the main highway south of Lechaion was turned over by S. Charitonides, the Ephor, to C. W. J. Eliot and his wife Mary Williamson Eliot, a former member of the British School, to excavate. Supplementary work at Miss Goldman’s old site of Eutresis was carried out by the Director and Mrs. Caskey for a few weeks in September 1958 at the request and expense of Miss Goldman (see below, p. 204).

There were in addition other excavations sponsored by the School but conducted by individual universities (see below, Chapter IX); at Samothrace again after cessation of the war, from 1952 at Isthmia directed by Professor Broneer and at Pylos, conducted with the Greek Archaeological Service, directed by Professor Blegen, again from 1952 after the war break, but these latter three in general had their own staffs; occasionally a student at the School joined the Isthmia team. The School had other one-way connections with excavations. Professor Mylonas who served as Annual Professor in 1951-52 did supplementary digging at Aghios Kosmas in December 1951, dug for the Greek Archaeological Society at Eleusis in March 1952, at Mycenae, the second grave circle, with J. Papademetriou in summer 1953, and in fall 1952 with S. A. Dontas and Chr. Karouzos directed the sea investigation of the ship found earlier off Artemision, this latter actually with a permit issued to the American School (see below, p. 204). In another kind of arrangement members of the School who were University of Pennsylvania students frequently went to Turkey or Cyprus to participate in the Gordion and Kourion expeditions.

The School’s services to others than its own members continued in no small degree. The series of popular lectures given by members of the staff for American Government Mission personnel, begun in 1947-48 (see above, pp. 34, 41, 47), continued to be organized by the American Women’s Organization of Greece, set up by Elizabeth Blegen and Clae (Mrs. Paul) Jenkins (Paul Jenkins was with the Marshall Plan from 1948 to 1952). Attendance numbered around 100 to 200 or more each year and at the end of each season a welcome monetary gift (usually between $200 and $400, but once $600) was presented to the School for its excavation funds. The officers of the School were frequently called upon to lecture to both Greek and American groups either formally at meetings of these groups or on the sites of ancient monuments; on one occasion, for example, Caskey escorted the officers of the U.S.S. Roanoke over the Acropolis with appropriate comment. With the increase in number of travelers coming to Greece, the Agora excavations attracted many both foreign and American interested non-archaeologists who wanted some direction and assistance. There was instituted, therefore, in 1951-52 the Wednesday afternoon tour of the excavations, museum and workrooms of the Agora which was usually attended by some 50 people and was conducted first by Richard H. Howland and later by Henry S. Robinson and Cedric Boulter (1951-52) and from 1952 by C. W. J. Eliot and Judith Perlzweig, assisted at times by Mabel Lang, Evelyn Harrison, Marian Holland (later McAllister), and others. These continued until the dedication of the Museum in 1956 and the turning over of the whole area to the Greek authorities on June 3, 1957.

An important occasion (sometimes twice) each spring for the whole international archaeological community in Athens and many other friends of the School was the Open Meeting at which the Director gave a report on the School’s activities of the year past and another member of the School gave a paper on a more detailed subject. (“The gift of a 1000-watt projector from the Alumni Association in 1951 provided brilliant illustrations commensurate with the talks,” wrote the Director.) These included Clark Hopkins on the Early Invasions of Greece and Kevin Andrews on Castles of the Morea, Homer A. Thompson on the Altar of Pity, all 1951; Caskey, a review of the School year including Samothrace, and Thompson on the Athenian Agora in 1952; Thompson, Agora excavations of 1952 and Caskey and Blegen on Lerna and Pylos, respectively, in 1953; reports on the Agora, Lerna and Pylos again in 1954; Caskey, general report, and Thompson, Agora, in 1955; Broneer, Caskey and Blegen on Isthmia, Lerna and Pylos, respectively, in 1956; Caskey on Lerna and Eliot on the Deme of Aixone in 1957; Thompson on the Athenian Agora A.D. 267-600 in 1958; Caskey, a review of the excavations at Lerna in 1959. These Open Meetings were nearly always graced by the presence of some of the Court, usually Their Majesties the King and Queen themselves with others of the Royal Family whose interest in the work of the School was far more than protocol required.

This genuine personal concern for the affairs of the School was shown on numerous both formal and informal occasions. On February 14, 1951 the King and Queen visited Corinth informally and unheralded and with evident interest and pleasure in the archaeological problems; they were shown the excavations and museum and shared a picnic lunch in Oakley House garden. They returned for another visit on November 29, 1952 with the President of Turkey Celal Bayar, paying a visit of state, and his daughter, a student of ancient Greek. Most notable of the formal affairs were the inauguration of the program of landscaping in the Agora when the King planted an oak and the Queen a laurel on either side of the Altar of Zeus on January 4, 1954 (Pl. 7, b) and the opening and dedication of the restored Stoa of Attalos as the Museum of the Agora Excavations on September 3, 1956.

Friendly and sympathetic relations with all branches of the Greek Government as well as with the Greek people everywhere have been a tradition of the School from its inception, and each generation of staff and students has taken up the treasured association and sought always to cement and augment it further. It was therefore with no small pride that the School with other foreign groups received a commemorative scroll from the Archepiscopos at a reception in his palace after the service in the cathedral on March 2, 1952, the Day of Thanksgiving for assistance to Greece by foreigners. It reads, “In grateful remembrance of the succor that their brethren the world over proffered them in their hour of need, all those abiding in the Greek land beseech the giver of every good and perfect gift to bestow upon those dwellers in his kingdom the blessedness of the eternal for the temporal, the heavenly for the earthly, the imperishable for the perishable and to receive them into his heavenly kingdom, for was it not His beloved Son, Our Lord Jesus Christ who said, ‘Inasmuch as ye have done it unto one of the least of these, my brethren, ye have done it unto me’.”

It was a decade of building, as none before in the School’s history, of museums and a library wing. The needs of the Corinth Museum for more space had been keenly felt before the war, and Mrs. William H. Moore, the generous donor of the Museum in 1931, was pleased to make an additional gift for an additional courtyard and wing. Only excavation for the foundations was completed before the war (above, p. 3), after which costs had risen so that Mrs. Moore added three times her pre-war sum (see above, p. 37). It was only in January 1950 that actual work of construction could begin (see above, p. 47). It was completed in September 1950, but it was not until the spring of 1953 that the new installation in the combined old and new parts of the building could be undertaken by Charles H. Morgan. There was no formal ceremony in connection with this, but two years later the museum built on Samothrace by New York University to house material from their excavations, sponsored by the School, was dedicated on June 24, 1955 with a suitable ceremony (see below, p. 209).

The School’s major activity of the decade, if the measurement is to be in the amount of time, energy and funds of a vast number of people associated with the School, was the rebuilding of the Stoa of Attalos to serve as the Agora museum (Pl. 5, a). A fuller account is most appropriate in the chapter on the Agora (see below, pp. 182-187), but it should be mentioned here that this tremendous undertaking of the School occupied preeminently the thoughts and care of almost everyone connected with the School between summer 1953 and 1956 when the building was structurally complete. The bulk of the collections could only be moved from the old storerooms into the new exhibition or storage areas in the next several months, but since the building was to be complete by September 1956, it was decided by the Trustees to dedicate it as the museum in conjunction with a celebration of the 75th anniversary of the School, on September 1-3, 1956.

The opening session of the celebration held on Saturday evening in the garden of the Gennadeion was attended by some 700 friends and alumni of the School who heard Director Caskey, Mr. Tsatsos, Minister to the Prime Minister of Greece, Professor Carl Blegen with a message from the A. I. A., Mr. Karouzos with a message from the Greek Archaeological Society, and Chairman Morgan. The reception which followed in Loring Hall was prelude to a performance of Medea with Katina Paxinou in the title role in the Odeion of Herodes Atticus where the company were guests of the Greek National Theater through the courtesy of the Ministry of Education. Next day some 130 guests traveled by bus to Corinth. After a general talk by Professor Broneer, lunch was provided by the National Tourist Organization in the new Tourist Pavilion. In the afternoon younger members of the School escorted the guests around the excavation and through the newly (1953) reorganized museum. After the return to Athens dinner was served in the School garden for 104 delegates, trustees, members and alumni who sat down at small tables in the grove and listened to Professor Mason Hammond speaking for the Cooperating Institutions and to Mr. Kyriakides and Mr. Hill speaking for the staff and for the members and alumni.

On Monday morning September 3rd about 1400 people filled the lower colonnade of the Stoa of Attalos (Pl. 5, b) for the dedication ceremonies. After the arrival of the Royal Family, His Beatitude the Archepiscopos of Athens and all Greece gave the opening prayer. Then came speeches by Homer Thompson, Field Director of the Agora excavation, Pausanias S. Katsotas, Mayor of Athens, Eustathios Stikas reading a message from Anastasios Orlandos, Director of the Department of Reconstruction of the Greek Archaeological Service, Ray L. Thurston, Chargé d’affaires of the United States, and Ward M. Canaday, President of the Board of Trustees of the School bringing also a message from President Dwight D. Eisenhower. His Majesty King Paul then cut the ribbon across the entrance to the newly installed gallery and, after inspecting it, climbed to the second storey for lunch, followed by the whole gathering which included the diplomatic corps, the Archaeological Service and Council, the foreign archaeological schools and several hundred of those artisans who had built the Stoa, together with their families, as well as the Trustees, Managing Committee, members and alumni of the School who had attended the earlier functions.

The final event was more private. It was fitting that families and friends should remember especially five members of the School who had over the years, some many some fewer, given of their time, their energy, their hearts and heads and hands, their full devotion to the School and in particular the Agora; memorials were dedicated to Edward Capps, T. Leslie Shear, Anastasios Adossides, Margaret MacVeagh and H. Lamar Crosby.

It was a great occasion; in the face of tremendous odds the various parts of the School had pulled together to bring about an amazing achievement; all had sacrificed something to bring into being a monument which they believed would stand as a contribution of first rank to classical scholarship and as an expression of American friendship for Greece. All the years of struggle and despair, hard work and driving energy, particularly of the four men most responsible for the achievement, seemed worth it to the whole company and must have to those four: Ward M. Canaday, Charles H. Morgan, Homer A. Thompson and John L. Caskey (Pl. 9, b). The many citations and awards bestowed on the School by various Greek organizations and societies and by the Greek Government further emphasized the appreciation expressed by the assembled company; there were resolutions from the University of Athens, the Polemon Society, the Community of Pergamon in Mytilene, the Archaeological Society of Athens which elected twelve members of the School to honorary membership, and the City of Athens which bestowed nine honorary citizenships; to crown it all King Paul presented a generous number of decorations.

Transferral of the finds from the old storerooms to the Stoa continued through the year 1956-57, and on June 3, 1957 occurred the formal turning over to the Greek Ministry of Education of the excavations and park and of the rebuilt Stoa of Attalos and Church of the Holy Apostles. The Government thus took over responsibility for guarding and administering both excavations and museum, but the School retained control of the workrooms and study collections.

Another ceremony of turning over areas excavated by the School to the Greek archaeological authorities took place at Lerna on July 2, 1959. The retiring Director of the School who had been the Director of the excavations at Lerna, John L. Caskey, handed the key of the area to the representative of the Greek Government, the Director of Antiquities, in the presence of the American Chargé d’affaires and other members of the United States Embassy, Greek and foreign archaeologists, and local officials of the Argolid. All then repaired to the Argos Museum to which the finds had been transferred from the Corinth Museum where they had been kept for easy access for study during the period of the excavation.

The other great building program of the School in these years was the Arthur Vining Davis Wing of the Library in the Main Building of the School. Reference has been made more than once to the desperate need for more space for the Library. Already in the years before the war the need was recognized, and various suggestions and plans had been considered, even some actual architectural plans had been tentatively drawn by Mr. Stevens. As the School came to renewed vigorous activity and enlarged membership after the war and the ever increasing output of archaeological books and periodicals was acquired, space for both books and readers became at a premium. Many less frequently consulted volumes were stored away after every available nook and cranny in accessible parts of the building had been filled with shelves; still, books had to be left piled on tables already overflowing, with at least six readers trying to work at them. No one felt this critical situation more keenly than the Chairman of the Managing Committee who dedicated himself to finding funds for a new Library wing as soon as the Agora Stoa project was financed. His tireless and tactful efforts to interest Trustee Arthur Vining Davis in this serious plight of the School, at the very heart of its work, bore fruit when Mr. Davis gave $150,000 in 1957 for the construction and furnishing of a wing to be added to the north of the east end of the existing building. Many months of study had already gone into plans which would provide much-needed office, study and drafting rooms on the first floor as well as two floors of stacks for the library above and storage rooms on the ground floor below. The general design, the basic plan and many of the working drawings were prepared by W. Stuart Thompson, alumnus of the School, who had in 1913 been given charge of building the east end of the main building (Pl. 2, a) to which this wing would be attached. (That first addition to the School building, completed in April 1915, had been built principally as the first enlargement of the Library.) At the north end which faced across the street to the Gennadeion an Ionic colonnade (Pl. 6, b) was designed to tie the building stylistically to the Gennadeion; these handsome marble columns were the specific request of the donor whose keen eye sensed even from photographs (he was to visit Athens for the first time at the dedication of his gift) what this architectural detail would add to the dignity and beauty of the complex of the School buildings. The whole wing (Pl. 2, b) runs parallel to Gennadius Street on the east side of the School, not quite at right angles to the original building erected in 1887-88 (Pl. 1) before streets had been established. This solution to a difficult topographical problem had been visualized by B. H. Hill and proposed to Stuart Thompson who gladly adopted it in his design, which thus gains more internal space at the same time that it makes a harmonious use of the land and the consequent external appearance.

By August 6, 1958 the design had been agreed upon, working plans had been drawn, Paul Mylonas, an Athenian architect, had been engaged as construction architect, and all was ready for ground breaking. Mr. Hill, given his choice of tools by Mr. Morgan, chose a pick and made the first break (Pl. 7, a); Mr. Morgan followed with a hefty spadeful and Mr. Caskey added his, in the company of a group of the staff and members of the School. Construction proceeded rapidly through the final year of Mr. Caskey’s Directorship; the traditional cross of flowers marking completion of the roof was set in place according to Greek custom on November 8th. By June 1959 the officers of the School had moved into their new offices on the first floor, and at the end of the month books were being moved into their new quarters. The dedication, however, did not take place until August 24, 1959 when Henry S. Robinson had assumed the Directorship; it was his first major official act.

The dedication of the Arthur Vining Davis Wing of the Library (Pls. 2, b; 6, b) was a festive occasion, not only because of the joy every member of the School felt in the comfort and convenience which new space would add immeasurably to the successful work of all members for years to come, but specifically because Mr. Davis himself had come to join in the ceremony. It was his first visit to Greece (Pl. 7, c) and so to the School to which as a Trustee since 1939 he had been so generous of his time, his sage counsel, his vision and his monetary benefactions. The School rejoiced at the opportunity to express to him personally and in situ its deep gratitude. A ceremony took place in the garden of the School in front of the new Ionic colonnade where some 50 Greek and foreign archaeologists and members of the School were seated. After Director Robinson welcomed Mr. Davis warmly, Professor Blegen recalled nostalgically the simplicity and rigors but also delights of life in the original building to which he first came in 1910, no heat nor plumbing but charmingly situated out in the country with no houses anywhere near, the only neighbors the monastery across the ravine and the army barracks way off down the hill. After an evening of work in that original library one had to walk to town and back for a glyko to warm up before getting into a cold bed. He recalled too working (as Secretary of the School) with Stuart Thompson in supervision of the 1913–1915 addition which made the library which Charles Morgan, who spoke next, called “the library we all remember.” He went on to pay tribute to Mr. Davis “who knows more classics than most of us” as “one of the wisest and most generous men who had ever graced our Board” and to emphasize the “miracles his gift has brought us.” Mr. Canaday, speaking as President of the Board, commended Mr. Davis as a “leader in support of the School’s progress and an ardent believer in the destiny of service in binding closer the peoples of Greece and the United States, an outstanding citizen of great achievement, vision and honor in the United States, [who] has maintained a high ambition for the standard of the School’s work” and read a letter of congratulation from President Dwight D. Eisenhower. The Honorable Ellis Briggs, American Ambassador to Greece, then spoke appreciatively of the School’s past achievements and dedicated the Arthur Vining Davis Wing in confidence that “the work so nobly inaugurated may be carried forward with increased effectiveness.” Mr. Davis responded graciously, and Mr. John Papademetriou, Director of the Antiquities Service of the Ministry of Education of the Greek Government, gave a brief address of appreciation after which the assembled company visited the new wing.

The following day another ceremony of the School commemorated the 100th Anniversary of the beginning of Archaeological Exploration in the Athenian Agora (see below, p. 191).

The Davis Wing was the only new building constructed in the main School property (i.e., not counting the Gennadeion, Corinth or the Agora) during the last 40 years of its first century, but constant attention and repair were of course always necessary for the existing plant (Pl. 6, a). The rigid economies of the 1950’s put off to the 1960’s the major over-all painting and repair needed after the war years, but some interior painting begun by Blegen in 1948-49 (see above, pp. 41-42) was continued; cases for the small collection of antiquities the School has accumulated over the years were built in the lecture room in 1950; new lighting for the Library, gift of the Alumni, was installed in 1950-51, and new lighter-weight ladders for the Library in 1951-52; a cabinet for maps was given by the Alumni in 1954-55; a new boiler for the Gennadeion was required in 1952; and in 1955 the basement of Loring Hall West House was remodeled to create on the south a separate, two-room apartment with its own entrance and to the north a maid’s room and laundry, the kitchen being moved upstairs next to the dining room of the house; this gave a most welcome extra apartment for rent to senior members or visiting scholars.

Other events of interest in these years include the showing in the widely attended Architectural Exhibition in the Zappeion from December 12, 1950 to February 14, 1951 of the School’s models of the Acropolis, the Agora and the Lion of Amphipolis and of drawings by both Gorham Stevens and John Travlos.

Visitors of all ages, both classicists and other friends of the School, came in ever increasing numbers; as many as room could be provided for stayed in Loring Hall and added to the variety of the residents, and many others were shown about, given advice, given Library privileges or entertained in various ways according to their interests. Most of them were sent with recommendations from members of the Trustees or the Managing Committee or sometimes alumni as persons whose interest the School would wish to encourage; they included the great and the small, but to judge from their “thank-yous” all went away the happier and the more devoted to the School. One of them who was shown about by Eugene Vanderpool in January 1953 had come with a letter of introduction from Emerson Swift, member and then Fellow of the School 1912–1915; she was Clara W. Mayer, Dean of the School of Philosophy and Liberal Arts, New School for Social Research, New York. When she left she offered “to do anything to help the School on the other hemisphere,” and in 1974 she donated her home on 72nd Street in New York to the School for a headquarters in the United States (see below, p. 119).

These years saw the loss of many members and friends of the School including the two men who had made it the distinguished academic institution of international repute which it had become in the twenties and thirties, Edward Capps and Bert Hodge Hill (see pp. 69-70, 73-74, 78-79). Unfortunately we cannot name all the others, but mention must be made of a few with especially close connections with the School. Of our non-American friends, Mrs. John Gennadius (a Scottish woman), who was the co-collector of the Gennadius library with her husband and who retained her keen interest and deep concern for it after the gift she and her husband made to the School, died in England on January 14, 1952; two weeks later (January 27, 1952) in Corinth died another woman well known to many generations of old Corinthians, Kalliope Kachrou, whose hospitality with that of her husband George many have shared. On April 11, 1957 died two other Corinthians whose long and devoted service to the School both in Corinth and in Athens is a happy memory. Sophokles Lekkas (Pl. 8, b) was foreman at Corinth and from their beginning in 1931 through the war till his death Chief Foreman of the Agora Excavations; “in his devotion to the enterprise, in his energy, in his skill in the handling of men, in the scrupulous fairness with which he dealt with both Greek and American members of the staff he contributed enormously to the successful prosecution of the undertaking” (76th Annual Report, 1956–1957). On the same day his longtime colleague Joannes Bakoules died, one of the most brilliant technical experts of Greek archaeology, who began his work in Corinth, continued it in the Agora, and went on to work in both the National Museum and the Agora. In the same month one of the American excavators who had worked closely with them died, Agnes Newhall Stillwell, beloved by her friends and respected by all for her excavation, study and publication of the Potters’ Quarter; she was also one of the School’s First Ladies. Two other Directors’ wives closed their long careers of hospitality, encouragement and friendliness to generations of members of the School, the one, Ida Thallon Hill (on December 14, 1954), also scholar of the topography and history of both Athens and Rome, and the other, wife of a Director of both the School and the Academy in Rome, Annette Notara Stevens (on April 24, 1956), equally famous on the tennis court. On April 3, 1959, Corinth was deprived of another of its gifted interpreters and the School community lost a friend in the death of George V. Peschke, artist and architect, whose architectural drawings and paintings of pottery and terracottas are the ornament of many Corinth volumes. And everyone connected with the School mourned the loss on September 29, 1955 of a man who was a myth to many but a warm friend to many others, the first student of the School, Harold North Fowler (see below, p. 95).

When Bert Hodge Hill (Pl. 11, c) died at his home at 9 Plutarch Street in Athens on December 2, 1958, an era of over half a century in the history of the School passed with him. From the day he first went to the School in 1900 as a student, but especially after he became Director in 1906 to serve in that post for 20 years and for over 30 years more as teacher, mentor, friend to all who entered the School, the School community was profoundly influenced by his life, his character, his scholarship, his teaching, his excavation methods, his friendship. Nor did that influence cease with his death, for his standards and his methods have continued to be handed on by those who learned directly from him to succeeding generations of American School students. The tribute paid him by the Managing Committee in its memorial minute by Carl Blegen (78th Annual Report, 1958–1959) can well be recorded, in part, here:

Bert Hill exercised a profound and enduring influence on the American School. As a scholar he stood uncompromisingly for the highest standards in research, insisting always on accuracy in observing and recording the facts that could be ascertained, and on imagination together with sobriety in interpreting them. His work in the excavations at Corinth and on the Acropolis contributed substantially to raise the scientific standing of the School. An incomparable teacher, endowed with the gift of making difficult problems seem simple and interesting, he was also able to stir his listeners to think for themselves. All the generations of students who have passed through the School since 1906 have felt the quickening enlivening force of his spirit; and those who had the privilege of attending his archaeological exercises on the Propylaia, the Parthenon, the Erechtheum, and other buildings will never forget the stimulating impact of his clear mind and personality.

Apart from his unswerving devotion to lofty standards of work and his matchless skill in teaching by the Socratic method, it is also Bert Hill, the kindly understanding friend and counselor, who will never be forgotten by those who knew him. He was unfailingly ready to listen to all who were in trouble and he could always be counted on for words of real sympathy, comfort and encouragement.

Bert Hill possessed a keen sense of humor and an original turn of thought, expressing himself in arresting phrases. He was an admirable raconteur, and many of his stories of travel in Greece and of the early days of excavation at Corinth were classics of wit, insight, human sympathy and understanding. He was also a most gracious and entertaining host, who took infinite pains to please his guests and to make them feel comfortable and at ease.

From the very outset Bert Hill was a perfectionist in all that he himself did. A purist in language, he always sought to find exactly the right word. In research he was never satisfied until the last outstanding detail had been ascertained and fitted into the picture so that the whole could be fully understood and explained. His reluctance to publish anything that was not complete and fit to meet his exacting judgment limited considerably the volume of his publications, but he has left a good many papers and articles, architectural and epigraphical, which will be read with great interest and profit when they appear—-soon, as we hope—-in print. If his own published books are relatively few, his inspiration and influence may be clearly recognized in a stream of publications by his students whose manuscripts he read with patient, conscientious care and with thoughtful, constructive comments and criticism.

Measured by any standards Bert Hill was an outstanding and notable personality. It was not only in the classical field as a scholar, excavator, and teacher of rare distinction that his originality of mind and his power of leadership won wide recognition. He was also an able organizer and administrator, with a good common sense, and at the same time he possessed a rare gift of tact together with an uncanny skill in diplomatic negotiations which were invaluable assets to the School in its growth and expansion.

Among the names of all those who have served the American School since its founding in 1881, the name of Bert Hodge Hill will hold a high and lasting place of honor.

John L. Caskey’s directorship of ten years was the longest since Mr. Hill’s 20-year term (1906–1926); it had been equaled in length otherwise only by that of Rufus B. Richardson (1893–1903; PI. 11, a) who after the initial series of mostly one-year directors was thus enabled to establish the School on its career of service to classical studies, to formulate policies and programs of instruction and assistance to students and of excavations and publication. Caskey was faced with a similar task of re-establishing the School in a postwar world very different in many ways from that of previous years but with the fundamental purposes of the School still properly essentially the same. His achievement of that goal was outstanding, especially in keeping the balance between instruction and excavation. It can hardly be better appreciated than in the words of Chairman Morgan to the Managing Committee on May 9, 1959: “No one knows better than your Chairman the talented devotion, firmness and deftness with which he has carried out the demands of his office through years of unique pressure and complexity, always with a lawyer’s clarity of vision and an indestructible good humor. These talents have immeasurably lightened the implementation of this Committee’s policies and given them a purposeful direction. In all of these activities Elizabeth Caskey has fully shared. To them both go our full measure of appreciation for a superb performance.”

1959–1960 Greece

The final year of Charles Morgan’s chairmanship was marked in Athens by a change of Director. Caskey returned to the University of Cincinnati to head the classics department there, and Henry S. Robinson (Pl. 12, e) from the University of Oklahoma, who had been serving his apprenticeship, so to speak, as Assistant Director in 1958-59, took over in the first year of what was to be also for him a decade of directorship. He had been a Fellow of the School in 1938-39, an Athenian Agora Fellow in 1939-40 and a Senior Fulbright Fellow in 1951-52.

As noted above (p. 66) one of his first official acts was to lead the School as it welcomed Arthur Vining Davis to dedicate the Library wing and also as it marked the centenary of excavation in the Athenian Agora (below, p. 191). Others of the staff remained the same as did the general program of the year. The fall trips began on Delos and included Northwest Greece as well as Central Greece and the Peloponnese as usual. The Annual Professor, Lloyd Stow, offered a seminar in literary sources for battles of the Persian War with special trips to the sites of Marathon, Salamis, Plataia and Thermopylai. There was a large variety of other winter “courses” offered both by members of the staff and by some of the Research Fellows. In the spring the revival of full-scale excavation at Corinth begun the previous year was continued (see below, p. 156). Two Open Meetings were held at which Blegen spoke on the Palace of Nestor and Broneer on the Sanctuary of Poseidon at Isthmia, and the lectures for the American Women’s Organization of Greece were continued.

1950–1960 U.S.A.

The Trustees of the School have never had a more active, personally interested President than the one who took office in 1949. Ward M. Canaday and the new Chairman of the Managing Committee in 1950, Charles H. Morgan, made a unique and unparalleled team in driving the affairs of the School. They both took the bit in their teeth, and ten years later when Morgan retired from the Chairmanship they had won a victory for the School worthy of comparison with any of the ancient Olympic victories. Never had the School faced such a challenge as that posed by the problem of “completing” the Agora excavations (final major digging, landscaping, building of a museum, publication of the original concession). The Trustees as long before as 1942 had committed themselves to the completion of what had been one of the School’s most significant contributions to the scholarly world thus far; now that the work could and must be undertaken, a stupendous task of providing the funds faced all sections of the School’s personnel. A number of the Trustees were most generous in their own contributions; everyone in the School economized. Nearly three million dollars were raised during this decade to carry the project to completion; the unbounded energy, enthusiasm and optimism of Mr. Canaday not only spearheaded the drive but carried it through with Mr. Morgan at his side both literally and figuratively all the way. The Chairman bore the larger half of the burden since he was not only working day and night with prospective donors but was at the same time acting as liaison to the Managing Committee and the staff, the Director of the School and the Field Director of the Excavation (see below for details, pp. 182-186). This liaison included working out each year a budget which would keep all other School expenses within the tight limits of the normal income, allocating most of the available excavation funds to the Agora, and keeping everyone in the School’s various departments happy and eager to economize in their own sector for the benefit of the over-all good; this was a miraculous achievement. One day in retrospect Morgan said of those years, “Short rations for the School but never budgeted a deficit.” Throughout the whole period Morgan constantly emphasized to Trustees and to Managing Committee that though not yet an immediate desperate need, the necessity of a much larger endowment for the School was the most vital. Even toward the end of the decade when the pressure was off so that all available School funds could go to regular School requirements for salaries, fellowships, other excavations, publications and maintenance of the plant, there was not enough for anything but current requirements, nothing to undertake the long-needed repairs of the buildings, and Morgan warned and begged for endowment increase. He was able to raise the funds for the most pressing cause, more library space, by painting so clearly, precisely and soundly the urgency to one of the trustees who had already been the largest benefactor (after the original “donor” John D. Rockefeller; PI. 7, b) to the Agora project, Arthur Vining Davis (Pl. 7, c).

So all pervasive was the drive for funds through much of this period and so omnipresent was the Chairman in soliciting and budgeting them, one might well wonder what else he had time and energy for in the School’s affairs on top of a full-time appointment as Professor of Art at Amherst College. But his thoughts, his time, his personal presence both in Athens and at conferences and meetings of all the Committees of the Managing Committee were an inspiration to every aspect of the School’s work. Never before had a Chairman concerned himself so deeply, informed himself so thoroughly and offered his aid so unstintingly to them all, nor was there ever before such communication and understanding between Trustees and Managing Committee.

Both Canaday and Morgan were constantly aware of the need for more and younger members on the Board of Trustees; they worked hard at the problem. John J. McCloy was elected in 1954. The following year when Louis E. Lord resigned as Secretary-Treasurer of the Board, McCloy was elected to that post which he was to hold until 1980 with the greatest distinction through years of tremendous complexity and every kind of financial distress, the longest term served as Treasurer and the second longest as Secretary in the School’s history. The School’s funds were then transferred to the Chase Manhattan Bank in New York where they continue to be handled. Henry Albert Hill was elected a member in 1955 and became in his brief term of service one of the most valuable in wisdom and advice and faithful in presence and devotion; his death in 1959 was a heavy blow. In December 1957 Fred C. Crawford joined the Board which he was later to serve as President (1963–1971) and Chairman (1971–1975), now Chairman Emeritus (1975-). Finally in the last year of Morgan’s chairmanship (1959) one of his goals was further accomplished when four more new members were elected: John D. Biggers, Nathanael V. Davis, Thomas S. Lamont, Ralph T. Reed; it was eminently fitting that the Board should also elect him who had proved so valuable for ten years ex officio to permanent membership on the Board.

The Board of Trustees and the Managing Committee lost in this decade two members who had served in succession as Chairman of the Managing Committee, Edward Capps and Louis Eleazer Lord. Louis Lord (Pl. 10, b), who had served on the Managing Committee since 1926, as its Chairman 1939–1950, and on the Trustees since 1939 (ex officio until 1950), as its Treasurer from 1950 to 1955, died on January 24, 1957. These services as well as his Directorship of the Summer Session for many years have been noted elsewhere (above, pp. 1-51, 143); they were the expression of a full devotion to the School, both as an institution and as the people who make it. The full measure of his amazing vitality went into both skillful administration and inspiring teaching, but equally into loyal friendship with those who made up the School family.

Lord had succeeded as Chairman of the Managing Committee the man whom he had properly designated as the Second (after the original Charles Eliot Norton) Founder of the School, Edward Capps (Pl. 10, a), who died on August 21, 1950 at the beginning of Charles Morgan’s chairmanship. Capps’ association with the School began as a student in 1893-94; he joined the Managing Committee in 1907, became its Chairman in 1918 and served until 1939, during which time he acted also as Director of the School in 1935-36. Although he was actively interested in many organizations academic and otherwise, it was the American School at Athens which was closest to him and to which he brought the full force of his mind and heart and strength. Louis Lord has ably summarized those dynamic qualities and deeds which deservedly earned that title, Second Founder, in pages 268-270 of his History.

Although the two great men of the School in the twenties often differed with each other, it was the vision, courage and drive of Capps in the United States and the teaching of students and the diplomacy with our colleagues of Hill in Athens which together raised the School, phoenix-like, after World War I to the place of prominence and prestige it attained; both men gave the full measure of their devotion and their talents to the pre-eminent joy of their lives, the School, and in the last years they gave each other the friendship they had long given others of the School.

The Chairman once said of the Executive, Personnel, Placement, and Admissions and Fellowships Committees that “the relatively routine nature of their work rarely admits the spectacular but it supplies the real fundamentals without which the School could not go forward.” These Committees as well as the Publications Committee, whose activity is more like that of the School in Greece in its visible production, were faced with many problems of policy making in these years as was the personnel in Athens, and the joint thinking and planning of the groups on both sides of the water were effectively carried out, again often thanks to the Chairman’s carrying back and forth personally the words of explanation that ironed out misunderstandings of correspondence.

The Committee on Admissions and Fellowships, under the Chairmanship of Gertrude Smith (or Clark Hopkins when she was abroad), always charged with the most fundamentally important policies of the School in selection of its Fellows, was thrust into a wealth of new problems with the inauguration of the Fulbright Act. Working very closely with the Director in Athens through endless files of correspondence, the Committee worked out policies which permitted the admission to the School of the best possible candidates for the benefits the School offers, both as School Fellows and as members holding other fellowships. The change in method of selection of the School’s own Fellows (the omission of examinations beginning in 1950) necessitated by the Fulbright competition has been noted above (p. 44), but as the number of possible Fulbright grants annually decreased and the disadvantages of selection without something as tangible as examinations became ever more apparent, the Committee asked the Managing Committee to authorize them to return to using examination as part of the evidence for its candidates. In May 1952 the Committee was instructed by the Managing Committee to restore examinations as part of the means of selecting fellows and to revise the examination system. Result of the revision was a reduction in the number of examinations from the old five for the archaeology fellowship and three for the language, literature, and history fellowship to two for each: one a two-hour examination on Greek sight reading for both fellowships, the other, a three-hour examination, containing history (the same for both) and archaeology for the archaeology fellowship or history and literature for the language, literature, and history fellowship. These examinations with three letters of recommendation, put into operation in the 1953 competition, were to remain the means of selecting fellows for many years thereafter. The sight-reading requirement for archaeology candidates discouraged many applicants in the following years, as long as other fellowships were available for those wishing to work primarily in archaeology. There were no candidates for the archaeology fellowship in 1954, 1957 and 1960 and only one to four in the other years. This caused the Committee much concern, and in 1958 different examinations in the sight reading of Greek were instituted for the two fellowships.

In 1952 it was decided by the Managing Committee to restrict competition for the White and Seymour School fellowships to pre-doctoral candidates and normally to those who had completed at least one year of graduate study. There was no restriction in regard to marital status, and it was made clear that spouses of Fellows would be welcome but that there was no provision in the School buildings for children, so that if a successful candidate with children should be awarded the fellowship he must be warned that he would have to find living accommodations outside the School.

The Seymour Fellowship in Language, Literature and History was awarded each year in the decade 1950–1960, the White Fellowship in Archaeology for 1952-53, 1953-54, 1955-56, 1958-59, 1959-60, and the Capps Fellowship appointed by the Director each year between 1953 and 1958.

The falling off of applications for fellowships (only four to six for any fellowship in most years) was but one of the circumstances which aroused much thought and discussion, in the Managing Committee and with the Director, throughout this decade on the purpose of the School as it affects those who should or should not be admitted as members. The Trustees too asked the question and considered how the facilities of the School might be made available to more Americans and how its influence might be heightened as a force for expanding the values of classical studies in the United States. Every time these problems were thrashed out the resultant consensus seemed to be that the principal business of the School should be the training of the most able available minds in classical study and research leading toward their future contributions in teaching and research; accordingly, that those admitted either to membership or fellowship should have already shown, if possible by at least one year of graduate study, their seriousness of purpose and their capacity for advanced study as well as potential in it; that one of the measures of this capacity should be an ability to handle the Greek language. Exceptions, it was recognized, must be provided for, especially the cases where a student without graduate study is clearly as able, mature and well trained as other older students and therefore should be allowed to compete for the Fellowships. That the Director should have the discretionary power to include in the membership students or scholars with special proficiencies in fields of definite interest and profit to the regular students but who lack some of the regular requirements was also recognized.

In 1954-55 the Committee on Admissions and Fellowships had added to its duties the award of the newly established John White Field Scholarship for the Summer Session. From then until 1965 much of their time went into matters of admission as well as scholarships for the Summer Session (see below, pp. 144, 148). In 1955-56 when the White Fellowship in Archaeology was not awarded, $1,000 of its funds were used to award two scholarships of $500 each in addition to the Field Scholarship for the summer of 1956.

It was also urged on frequently recurring occasions that funds should be made available for a fellowship in Byzantine or Modern Greek studies or both; the Chairmen of the Fellowship and Gennadeion Committees considered possibilities together, but no action was taken until some years later (see below, p. 91).

The appointments of Annual and Visiting Professors had always been the responsibility of the Chairman of the Managing Committee. Mr. Morgan made his recommendations to the Managing Committee through the Personnel Committee. The small stipend offered to assist in travel expenses was in no way either a salary or a fellowship and in order that the status of these members of the Managing Committee, who were selected to augment the staff each year in a voluntary capacity, should not be misunderstood, the official title was made Special Research Fellow. Applications to the Chairman for these appointments, which have always been thought of as expressions of appreciation for their work on the Managing Committee, were fewer in these years than previously, probably because the availability of a large Fulbright grant for research work in Greece made the School’s less remunerative visiting professorships less attractive to a scholar in a sabbatical year.

All other appointments both to membership, committees and offices of the Managing Committee and to staff offices were the heavy responsibility of the Personnel Committee whose duty it was to review them every year and make nominations to the Managing Committee. For the nominations of Director and Chairman of the Managing Committee, the Personnel Committee of three was augmented by additional members of the Managing Committee. Benjamin D. Meritt served as Chairman of the Committee from 1949 to 1957, Richard Stillwell 1957 to 1968.

The Placement Committee, established in 1940, under the successive Chairmanships of Rollin Tanner 1940–1942, Lucius R. Shero 1942–1949, and David M. Robinson 1949–1956, endeavored to assist returning members of the School to find positions. The need for help from the School in this matter, which had been strongly felt just before the war, decreased and other kinds of assistance became more effective. In May 1956 the Managing Committee decided to discontinue the Committee.

The Managing Committee is empowered by the School’s Regulations to add to its officers a Vice Chairman when need arises. Mr. Morgan in 1951 saw the possibility that he might be recalled to military service and asked that a Vice Chairman be elected. George E. Mylonas was the choice. The position of Secretary of the School provided for by the Regulations had not been filled since before the war; Director Caskey felt the acute need of administrative assistance by 1951 so the office was reactivated for 1951-52, then lapsed. From 1954 it has been filled regularly, except for 1974-75 when there was an Assistant Director but no Secretary; in 1980-81 an Administrative Assistant replaced the Secretary.

By 1958 the Regulations as printed in 1949 were out of date in many respects. They were therefore thoroughly reviewed by the Managing Committee to bring them into accord with practice of the time and printed again in 1959.

One of the most serious concerns of the Managing Committee during the 1950–1960 decade was the Summer Session. Interest in it grew steadily, and it was abundantly clear that this could and should be one of the most significant services of the School to the dissemination of interest in and knowledge of Greek studies. We have already mentioned the establishment of memorial scholarships and the increasing activity of the Committee on Admissions and Fellowships in dealing with these awards (above, p. 76). In May 1956 a Committee was appointed to study problems of the summer work of the School and make recommendations; this report was acted upon a year later (see below, pp. 143-144).

The Auxiliary Fund Association

In 1916 in the Chairmanship of James Rignall Wheeler a member of the Managing Committee representing Princeton University, Edward Capps, recognized that when the war (World War I) allowed the School to resume normal activity, more endowment would be essential. He realized that some steady continuing source of increase to the endowment should be sought as well as large amounts from particular efforts from time to time. He began to gather a group of friends of the School, both former students and others, to plan to agree to contribute regularly to the School’s endowment. “On the first day of February 1917, a self-constituted Committee sent out a statement regarding the financial condition of the American School at Athens. . . . The Committee, which consisted of twenty-seven members and included the Chairman and Treasurer and two other members of the Board of Trustees of the School, drew attention to the pressing need of additions to the permanent funds of the School and invited the friends of the School to join them in establishing an Auxiliary Fund to be built up by as large a number as possible of annual subscriptions. . . . It was proposed that the collections of each year should be placed in the hands of the Trustees of the School . . . and added to the permanent endowment of the institution and that the Organizing Committee should be succeeded by a permanent management of the established Auxiliary Fund, the plan of management to be of such a kind as would be acceptable to the Managing Committee of the School.” So wrote Edward Capps in the First Annual Report of the Auxiliary Fund Association for the support of the American School of Classical Studies at Athens. From the initial $170 raised in 1916 the appeal of 1917 increased the amount to $1,053. The organization approved by the Managing Committee in 1918 provides in its Constitution that “the affairs of the Fund shall be managed by a Board of twelve Directors to be appointed for a fixed term of three years by the Chairman of the Managing Committee of the School who shall also designate the Chairman and Treasurer of the Board.” In the earlier years of the Fund both Chairman and Treasurer served only three or four years as did the other Directors. Later these other Directors often served two or more terms. Since the major responsibility for sending appeals and keeping the records resided in the Treasurer, it was soon recognized that experience proved of value and the Treasurer served longer terms when he could be persuaded to do so. Since the second World War the Chairmen also have served longer.

Until 1972, there were 12 Directors (four elected each year) in addition to the two officers; after 1975 no Directors were appointed. These Directors served three years, so that a wide range of age, geographical location, interests and connections with the School has been represented and has made possible a wide range of potential members of the Fund.

The Chairmen have led these efforts to interest more and more supporters. The names of these dedicated Chairmen and Treasurers should be recorded and honored (see below, p. 385).

The resultant addition to the School’s endowment has been strikingly significant. After the initial three years of contributions between one and two thousand dollars, there came a jump to over $4,000, then a banner year (1921) of over $10,000. Through the twenties and thirties the totals were between three and nearly seven thousand, mostly between four and five, a few only between two and three. Through the war years and in the early fifties when there were other heavy campaigns for funds for the School, the contributions slumped back to between one and two thousand. In 1956 Chairman of the Managing Committee Charles H. Morgan saw this Fund as one of the important parts of the School’s activities and set to work to revitalize it. The contributions jumped to $6,300 with Hetty Goldman as Chairman and Josephine Platner Harwood serving as Treasurer.

Mrs. Harwood’s vigorous work to enlarge both number of contributors and total contributions met with conspicuous success. At Mr. Morgan’s suggestion in 1957 a new policy created a variety of categories of membership and made contributions cumulative in determining the category. In the first year of the new policy 91 of the 168 contributors were new and the totals in 1957 and 1958 were nearly seven thousand dollars. In 1959 Priscilla Capps Hill filled the Treasurer’s office, acting for Mrs. Harwood in her absence, and continued as Treasurer from 1960 to 1974. Her fifteen years of devoted service were record breaking in far more than length of service. Mrs. Hill had always been closely associated with the School from the time her father became the Chairman of the Managing Committee in 1918, throughout the long years of her residence in Greece. Back in the United States she was happy to devote her varied administrative experience not only to reviving but to building as never before one of her father’s most cherished projects for the School. Her informative as well as persuasive annual letters to members of the Fund, her untiring search for possible new friends, her indefatigable pursuit of the lost or strayed to bring them back to the fold brought fruit undreamed of in earlier years. From $12,589 82 in 1959 the annual sum remained well over $10,000 most years through 1973 (never below $8,360, in 1961) and reached the record $29,492.36 in 1964. What Mrs. Hill’s drive had meant to the Fund was abundantly clear when illness struck her in 1974. Her imaginative and energetic service was one of the most dedicated voluntary activities the School has known. From 1962 she and Charles Morgan, who took on the Chairmanship of the Auxiliary Fund when he laid down the Chairmanship of the Managing Committee, made a formidable team; Mr. Morgan continued in the Chairmanship until his successor as Chairman of the Managing Committee, Richard H. Howland, succeeded him as Chairman of the Auxiliary Fund in 1975. With Jane Chitty Biers picking up the mantle as Treasurer in 1975, the Fund is again contributing its share in years of the greatest financial need the School has yet experienced.

All contributions to the Auxiliary Fund have gone directly to the endowment of the School. In the first years the whole of each year’s total went to the General Endowment, but beginning in 1923 a portion if not all of each year’s sum was allocated to named endowment funds for special purposes. Until they were built up to principals sufficiently large to yield adequate income, some of the auxiliary funds went into the fellowship funds in memory of the three first Chairmen of the Managing Committee, the John Williams White, the Thomas Day Seymour and the James Rignall Wheeler Fellowship Funds. Some years in the twenties, thirties and forties sums were contributed through the Auxiliary Fund to build the endowments for the annual contribution of some of the Cooperating Institutions, including the University of Cincinnati, the Radcliffe College, the Whitman College, the Oberlin College Funds and the James H. Kirkland Fund for Vanderbilt University. When the Fellowship Funds were in sound condition, attention was concentrated on various Funds for the Library which had also been begun as early as 1923: the Theodore Heermance, the Robert M. Stroock, the Horatio Reynolds, the John Hay, the Walter Miller, and the Gennadius Library Funds. The large sums from 1957 on went, in general, to the General Endowment until in 1968 a special Auxiliary Library Fund was instituted to which contributors could designate their contributions if they wished. In 1973 about $10,000 was designated by contributors for a fund in honor of Lucy Shoe Meritt which was allocated to the endowment for Publications of the School. This was the second bit of endowment raised through the Auxiliary Fund for Publications, since the regular fund for Vanderbilt University’s annual contribution to the School was specifically designated to be allocated to Publications. The Auxiliary Fund, therefore, in its over 60-year life, has added materially not only to the General Endowment but specifically to special endowments for three particular departments of the School’s activities: fellowships, the libraries, and publications.

Summary

To summarize Charles H. Morgan’s services to the American School is a challenge. Something of his mode of action has been suggested at various places above and below, and this is as it should be for he was all pervasive in the activities of the School throughout his Chairmanship. He had been student, member of the Managing Committee, Visiting Professor, Director of the School including Field Director of Corinth Excavations before he became Chairman, but there was more than this wide experience in the School’s affairs; there were his way with people, his deep concern for the School and his integrity. He was at home with and trusted by all groups of the School family—-the Trustees, the Managing Committee and its committees, the staff and the student members—-as well as the large group of people of all kinds and ages whom he interested in the work of the School as he traveled countrywide. There was no aspect of the School’s endeavors which he did not make it his business to understand and to follow in detail, to take an active part in planning and often also in execution. Each member of the School felt Morgan’s genuine sympathy for his particular business and its needs and knew his loyalty and absolute fairness to all; at the same time all recognized his uncanny ability to keep all the threads of the multicolored tapestry each in its proper place in the over-all pattern so that the design of greatness for the School which he had envisaged came out bold and clear and harmonious in the end. The completion of the original phase and initiation of Phase B of the Agora excavations, the Stoa of Attalos, the Arthur Vining Davis Wing of the Library, publications and the revitalization of the Auxiliary Fund were but the most striking of the achievements of the Morgan decade. Even as he is himself an artist-scholar and a businessman kept always in balance, so he kept his magnificent vision of the scholarly potentialities of the School in truly Hellenic proportion to his practical sense of what was financially possible; but he worked as Chairman indefatigably with dauntless courage and faith to increase and improve both, as he has continued to do in the succeeding two decades as Trustee.

Few institutions have had the good fortune the School has enjoyed to have had three great “founders”: Charles Eliot Norton whose vision and drive created it; Edward Capps whose wisdom, foresight, and dynamic force regenerated it after the first World War; and finally Charles Hill Morgan truly a third κτíστηsigmaf; καì εὐεργ&ecgr;της whose whole head, heart, and hand were selflessly devoted to recreating, after the second World War, a School stronger, more versatile, more effective in furthering its purposes, of international stature, which would in the last third of its first century approach fulfillment of the vision and the faith he and the other two had in it.

Chapter III: The Chairmanship of Alfred Raymond Bellinger, 1960–1965

When Alfred Raymond Bellinger (Pl. 10, d) of Yale University became Chairman of the Managing Committee on July 1, 1960, one of his first acts was to go to Athens to confer with Director Henry Robinson and other officers of the School. This trip began a close and effective teamwork between Bellinger and Robinson for the five years of his Chairmanship; they worked together as congenially as had Morgan and Caskey the previous decade, a pair quite different from the previous one but equally unsparing in their devotion to the School. Most aspects of the School’s activities and problems were discussed by frequent and voluminous correspondence between the Chairman and the Director; rarely in the history of the School have these two officers kept so closely in touch with each other.

Greece

Director Robinson had in his first year as Director (1959-60) instituted a major change in the School trips, taking the students to Delos for the first trip as “an excellent introduction to all aspects of architectural and topographical study.” He continued to begin the School year with the Delos trip through 1962. In 1960 sites in northwestern Greece as far as Mesopotamos (ancient Ephyra) and Dodona were added to the usual central Greece, Argolid and Corinthia, and Peloponnesos itineraries. A further innovation in 1961 substituted Macedonia for the northwest, and thereafter for some years those two trips were made in alternate years. The trips were conducted, some by Director Robinson, others by Professor Vanderpool. In 1963 when both the visiting professors were prehistorians, George Mylonas and Saul Weinberg conducted a very successful trip to Crete in November.

The winter program continued the Topography and Monuments of Athens and the Sites of Attica as the basic and constant courses. These were conducted largely by the Professor of Archaeology Eugene Vanderpool. As always, the seminars offered by the Annual and Visiting Professors covered the wide range of interests of those scholars and were augmented frequently with series of lectures by some of the increasingly large number of senior research fellows resident at the School. Carl Blegen usually gave a series of lectures in the prehistoric rooms of the National Museum. The visiting professors offered in 1960-61: Architecture of the Acropolis (Richard Stillwell), the Pentekontaetia (William P. Wallace), Greek sculpture (Gisela M. A. Richter); 1961-62: Ancient literary sources for the history of Greek art (Raymond V. Schoder), Problems in the history of Alexander the Great (C. Alexander Robinson, Jr:); 1962-63: Problems in Herodotean and Thucydidean topography (W. Kendrick Pritchett), Euripides and Seneca (Norman T. Pratt); 1963-64: Mycenaean and Homeric civilization (George E. Mylonas), Greece before the Greeks (Saul S. Weinberg); 1964-65: Oedipus Tyrannus and relations between Athens and Delphi (William Agard), Lycurgan Athens (Fordyce Mitchel). Kenneth Setton, as Special Research Fellow of the Gennadeion while Peter Topping was on leave in 1960-61, lectured on Mediaeval Athens and on Kaisariani. In some years certain of the senior Fellows talked informally in after-tea sessions about their work. The result of all these offerings was a rich diet covering the literature, history, and archaeology of Greece of all periods from prehistoric through Byzantine and into Turkish times.

In the spring the usual exodus from Athens to excavations was the pattern followed by most of the students, but those with specific literary or historical problems pursued them in individual study and travel. Students from universities which were conducting excavations either in Greece or elsewhere in classical lands usually went to those expeditions, but the majority joined the School’s own dig at Corinth, now vigorously revived (see below, pp. 155-169).

What previous training and other qualifications should be required of the members who were to benefit from the opportunities the School was offering was one of the chief concerns of the staff in these years. Recommendations to the Managing Committee and its Committee on Admissions and Fellowships were frequent and earnest. As in any educational institution, especially in such a small group as roughly 20, the quality was bound to vary each year among the first-year members. Opinions of members of the staff including the visiting professors varied just as much, so that one year the new students were thought ill-prepared for what was expected of them on the fall trips, in the winter courses and in their independent work in the spring; the next year they were considered of excellent quality, too good for the too elementary guidance and instruction offered; another year the offerings were judged ideal for both the younger and the more advanced graduate students. Clearly such differences reflect the natural variation in qualifications of applicants for membership as well as the honest difference of opinion of what such a unique institution as the School should or can offer prospective members. The most significant thing that came of the questioning was the assurance that the School was aware of the different opinions and of the problems (see below, p. 90).

Members of the staff continued to give each year a series of lectures for the American Woman’s Organization of Greece both in Athens and in the Argolid and Corinthia, the audience running as large as 75 (see above, pp. 60, 71). The School was most appreciative of the monetary contributions made by these groups.

For the general archaeological community of Athens the traditional Open Meetings were held at which both general annual reports on the School’s activity and specific detailed subjects were presented, usually with the Royal Family in attendance along with the international group of archaeologists. In 1961 the Director spoke on the current excavations at Corinth and Professor Vanderpool on the Porto Raphti excavations of 1960; in 1962 the Director spoke again on Corinth and Homer Thompson on “The Wandering Temples of Attica”; the 1963 meeting heard the Director on all the American excavations of 1962 and Ronald Stroud on the Sanctuary of Demeter and Persephone at Corinth; in 1964 the Director again spoke on American excavations in general and Eugene Vanderpool on Themistokles’ Sanctuary of Artemis Aristoboule, an excavation by the late John Threpsiades; in 1965 Robinson once more reviewed all the School’s excavations and Charles Williams reported on the Temple of Zeus at Nemea. Other public lectures were given by Miss Richter on Greek Portraiture (1961), by Reverend Raymond V. Schoder on Ravenna and its Art (1962), by George Hanfmann on New Discoveries at Sardis (1963), by Richard Stillwell on Domestic Architecture of the Hellenistic Period (1965).

Further public service of the School, this to fellow Americans, was rendered in the summers of 1963 and 1964 when it played host to the Summer Seminar of the United States Educational Foundation in Greece organized for high-school and junior-college teachers of history. A member of the School’s Managing Committee, Professor Harry Carroll, was the Director, assisted in 1963 by a 1962-63 Fulbright Scholar at the School, Thomas W. Jacobsen. The School provided its seminar room for the lectures, the sitting room of the Main Building for a library to which some volumes from its Library were lent to augment those purchased specifically for the seminar by the Foundation. The $20 per person paid the School for these services were used for the purchase of books for the Library.

Two special festive occasions in these years honored two great men of outstanding devotion to the School. The first, however, was not bestowed by the School at Athens but by the sister institution in Rome. It was an honor for the School on October 26, 1960 to act for the American Academy in Rome in presenting its medal for distinguished service to the Academy to Gorham Phillips Stevens, Director of the Academy from 1911 to 1932 and Director of the School at Athens 1939–1947 (see above, p. 30) and after that Honorary Architect of the School. No other man has served both institutions so long and with such distinction. The second honor was initiated by the Greek Committee for the Agora Park who presented a bronze portrait plaque of John D. Rockefeller, Jr. to be placed on the wall of a shop in the Stoa of Attalos. The plaque, designed by Gorham Stevens and modeled by John Notaras, was dedicated on May 31, 1962 by H. E. the Minister to the Prime Minister, Mr. Demetrios Makris, at a ceremony at which the speakers were the Ephor John Threpsiades, representatives of the Greek Committee Ambassador Demetrios Sisilianos and Mr. Rikos Agathokles, and Chairman of the School’s Board of Trustees Ward M. Canaday. All paid tribute to the outstanding generosity of Mr. Rockefeller in supporting the excavation of the Agora, the restoration of the Stoa and the landscaping of the Park. Mr. Stevens played a significant part in the whole affair of the plaque; it was one of the last items of his continuous service to the School, for on March 15, 1963 he died, and the School lost one of its most beloved as well as respected alumni and of its most dedicated staff, one of its “greats”.

A major undertaking in the Library began in 1960 when the Librarian, Mary Zelia Pease Philippides (Pl. 14, c), initiated the complete recataloguing of the School library to give full cataloguing of the older books to match that being given the current accessions. The extensive subject headings worked out after long study and after consultation with the Librarian of the American Academy in Rome added enormously to the usefulness of the Library. This cataloguing with new standard library-size cards was a tremendous undertaking added to the regular work of the Librarian; much of the mechanical work could be delegated to assistants (when they could be found) so that Mrs. Philippides could keep up with the numerous demands of the current work. Assistance was gradually provided, much volunteer, and then from 1962 to 1965 by a part-time paid assistant. Much of this assistance was excellent and some of it trained so that very real help was given, but such help was unpredictable in availability, and Mrs. Philippides from 1963 on stressed the need of a full-time assistant throughout the year. Meanwhile a basic bibliography was drawn up for students of the Summer Session, and the Librarian was increasingly asked for reference material by many organizations. Both the new space and comfort offered by the addition of the Davis Wing and the convenience and academic assistance afforded by the new cataloguing and other aids caused the Library to be ever increasingly used by members of the other foreign archaeological schools, by members of the Greek universities and the Archaeological Service, by scholars passing through Greece, and by certain qualified members of the Athenian community, including American diplomatic and military personnel. Books from the library were lent to the Summer Seminar of the United States Educational Foundation in Greece (see above, p. 85) and to the College Year in Athens. The Library became in these years a major contribution of the School to the community.

In the decade or so after the war as all efforts and financial resources of all departments of the School had properly to be concentrated on reviving the School as an academic institution, the officers did a masterly job of keeping the physical plant in condition for that scholarly activity by constant care and attention and by limiting repairs to absolute essentials; even those were kept to a minimum of expense, for there simply were no funds available in the annual budgets for major repairs. The Trustees, aware that a day of reckoning must come, instructed Director Robinson to present a detailed account and budget of the requisites, and decided in November 1960, in spite of the great need for further funds for academic purposes, that the relatively small surplus should be spent on repairs over a three-year period. Gold pounds which had been held in Athens for emergency were gradually sold to finance the operation. This refurbishing of the buildings of the School was one of the major activities of the summers of 1960–1963. The summer of 1960 saw the new roof on the Main Building completed. The next most urgent matter was the furnace in Loring Hall. In the summer of 1961 remodeling of both Loring Hall West House and Gennadeion West House was carried out, giving more room for the new Librarian of the Gennadeion, Francis R. Walton, in the Gennadeion West House; the iron gates of the Gennadeion were repaired, and new lights were installed on the stairways leading up to the building. The next summer Loring Hall and the Gennadeion East House were refurbished, and in summer and fall 1963 the basement of the Main Building was remodeled to enlarge the storage space and to improve the living conditions for the Greek staff. For some years the Alumni Association had urged consideration of the installation of ventilating fans in Loring Hall and in 1963 voted funds for them. Two were installed in the wing in summer 1964 (the Alumni voted funds for the installation as their 1964 gift), and two authorized by the Trustees were put into the main building of Loring Hall in 1965. Mrs. Philippides had urged that air conditioning be installed in the stacks of the Davis Wing of the Library; it was found that the necessary funds were available in the remainder of the Davis gift and installation was made in summer 1965. A special gift from the President of the Board of Trustees, Frederick Crawford, provided for restuccoing and repainting the badly pockmarked Façade of the Gennadeion in spring 1965.

A most unusual addition to the property of the School for the future was made in the fall of 1963 through the devoted generosity of Elizabeth Pierce Blegen who deeded her beautiful neo-classic 19th-century house at 9 Plutarch Street in Athens to the School with the condition that she and her husband, Carl William Blegen, occupy it during their lifetime. This remarkable gift was one of the greatest single benefactions ever made to the School and was received with deep appreciation and high enthusiasm. The respect and affection of the School community for Mrs. Blegen and her husband were such, however, that all hoped the day of actual transfer of the property to the School would be far distant (see below for the disposition made by the School, pp. 108, 109).

U.S.A.

Chairman Bellinger, like his predecessor Charles Morgan, felt the desirability of a Vice Chairman of the Managing Committee, so in December 1961 Richard Hubbard Howland of the Smithsonian Institution was elected to that post.

The Managing Committee during the years of Alfred Bellinger’s Chairmanship had numerous items of general policy to consider and to act upon. Uppermost among Bellinger’s concerns was the School’s finances. Like his predecessor Morgan, he understood thoroughly the dire need of the School for a larger endowment for general funds. He felt keenly the obligation to increase funds for the School’s main and major purpose, the training of students, before any further special fund raising for excavations was undertaken. In this conviction he was strongly supported by the Director. Bellinger spent many hours, days, weeks searching out all records of the existing endowment to determine just what purpose had been designated for such sums when given; he reorganized the records of the funds, and working with the Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer he saw to it that in each annual budget the Managing Committee could know what was and what was not available for what purposes. He worked tirelessly and with immense clarity of vision to try to persuade the Trustees that general endowment funds must be sought, and before any solicitation of funds for other purposes.

In addition to efforts to gain assistance from numerous funds and individuals, Bellinger and the Executive Committee urged that as many as possible of the Cooperating Institutions increase their annual contributions to $500 from the $250 which had been regular since the first 12 institutions made their original contribution in 1882. A considerable number of institutions responded to the appeal.

The changes in the Greek Archaeological Service in 1960 in which the Service was put under the Ministry to the Prime Minister resulted in a renewed statement of the policy of limiting to three the excavation permits allowed to each foreign School and notice that this policy would be strictly enforced. At the May 1961 meeting the Managing Committee considered at some length proposals from the Director which came with the recommendation of the Executive Committee. It was agreed that it was “altogether fair and sensible” to give the Director a Committee on Excavations to consult with him; Professors Blegen, Broneer and Thompson were named. The outline for a general policy by which the Director and the Committee were to be guided was discussed with divided opinions until the motion from the Executive Committee to approve the policy was tabled to allow all Cooperating Institutions to consider it. After still further discussion at the December 1961 meeting the Managing Committee did approve in principle the general policy by which the Director and the Committee on Excavations were to be guided in their consideration of the many requests coming from university groups. That policy provided that one permit be retained for the School’s own excavation at Corinth, the second for an excavation of major extent probably to continue about ten years, and the third for a smaller dig planned for two or three or at most five years. The Director had succeeded in obtaining Greek approval for the smaller digs to be carried on in alternate years, a concession that would in effect allow another permit. It was also pointed out that the School was prepared to welcome to Corinth teams of excavators from Cooperating Institutions who would conduct exploration with their own funds in an area separate from those worked by the School but under the general supervision of the Director of the Corinth Excavations; there remained also the possibility of taking up the completion of some of the old sites dug by the School but never adequately published. In 1962 the Greek Government asked each foreign School which of its uncompleted excavations could be finished and published by 1967; further supplementary digging would be allowed to complete the study for publication but must be completed in five years. These permits would be in addition to the regular three. The chapter on excavations (pp. 203-220) records the resulting investigations undertaken.

It has been mentioned above (pp. 84-85) that some dissatisfaction with the quality of students accepted for membership in the School led to requests from the Director and the visiting professors in 1962-63 for action by the Managing Committee to require a year of graduate work as the normal prerequisite for admission. A lively discussion of the proposal at the May meeting in 1963 showed two strongly divergent opinions among the members. Some believed it unwise to make too rigid regulations, since the history of the School shows how many students who went to the School immediately after taking the A.B. became some of America’s most distinguished classicists. Some suggested there might be a difference in requirements for literary students and for archaeologists; others deplored any distinction, since it is often the year in Athens which crystallizes the direction within the classical field a student will take. Some believed the opportunities offered by a year in Athens can only be “made the most of” by those with training in graduate methods of study; others noted that some graduate students tend to concentrate on working on their dissertations rather than gaining the wider familiarity with Greece which the School exists to offer. Still others suggested the difficulty might be in the program; perhaps more direction should be given students. This was countered by those who felt the present program satisfactory for a wide variety of interests and previous training and by some who noted that there is too much “directed activity” already. When the proposal to require as normal admission prerequisite a year of graduate study was finally put to a vote, it was defeated by a 2 to 1 majority. A motion, however, that the Committee on Admissions make a study of the character of the membership and possible limitation in numbers was passed unanimously.

This directive was received by a new Chairman on Admissions and Fellowships, Carl A. Roebuck, when in July 1963 he succeeded Gertrude Smith who had filled the post since 1945. As chairman first of the Committee on Fellowships, then with the added responsibility of acting on all admissions from 1950 on and finally in 1961 taking on also admissions to the Summer Session, Gertrude Smith had directed the selection of members of the School since the war. Acting in close council and counsel with the Director through the years of building up the School after the war, with the many intricate and delicate problems of working with the Fulbright selection groups, she kept firmly before her what appeared to be in the best interest of the School, in keeping its academic standing the highest possible and in making its opportunities available to those who would best make them in turn available to classical students throughout the United States. The distinguished record as classicists of the members of the School in those years (her service on the Committee continued through 1966) is ample testimony to the success of her devoted service.

Responsibility for selection of Summer School members was from 1961 vested in a Summer School Committee which was chaired by Gertrude Smith along with her duties as Chairman of the Committee on Admissions, but after 1963 any advantage to be had from that particular close association of the regular and the summer sessions was seen to be outweighed by the excess of heavy demands on the committee members; from 1963 on members of the Summer School Committee were not members of the Committee on Admissions and Fellowships.

The year 1963 was notable too for a new Fellowship at the School. A Gennadeion Fellowship for post-classical studies, for which the Committee on the Gennadius Library under the Chairmanship of Charles Alexander Robinson, Jr. had long been working, was awarded for the first time for 1963-64 to the Reverend Edward J. Bodnar S.J. to continue his work on Cyriacus of Ancona. Selection of this Fellow was to be made by recommendation of the Committee of the Gennadius Library to the Committee on Admissions and Fellowships.

In 1964 another new Fellowship was established by the generous bequest of Gorham Phillips Stevens. Since a preference was to be given to architectural students, it was fitting that the first holder, in 1964-65, should be Charles Kaufman Williams, II, holder of the Corinth Excavation Fellowship and Assistant Field Director of Corinth Excavations in 1963-64. The Stevens Fellowship was to be administered by the Committee on Admissions and Fellowships, accepting a preferential recommendation from the Director if he had one, if not, the Committee to make the selection.

As a result of Chairman Roebuck’s report in May 1964 of the deliberation of the Committee on Admissions on the preferable size of the School membership, a Committee on the Size and Scope of the School was appointed, presented a tentative report in December 1964 and a revised report in May 1965 which was adopted by vote of the Managing Committee. Chief provisions of that report were 1) although 16 is the present limit of new first-year students, the maximum number should be increased, as increase in the staff makes it possible, up to as high as 30 (a limit, not a goal); 2) graduate-school experience is not recommended for every candidate but is generally desirable; criteria should be rather academic record, recommendations, brief entrance examination; 3) residence in Loring Hall should be a privilege rather than a requirement; 4) whenever possible Annual and Visiting Professors should be appointed to complement one another; they should not necessarily offer organized seminars; 5) recommended: a) another member of the administrative and teaching staff (an assistant-associate type of person to assist the Director and Professor of Archaeology) and b) another full-time person in the Library; 6) Associate membership may be granted by the Director or the Committee on Admission; such members have a lower priority on trips and residence in Loring Hall than regular members; they need not have the classical background appropriate for regular members; 7) there would be no tuition fees for either category of members (regular or associate) who are graduates of Cooperating Institutions; no library fees; 8) no changes in size and scope of the Summer School.

In the last year of Bellinger’s chairmanship, the Managing Committee and the whole School sustained a great loss in the death, on February 23, 1965, of Charles Alexander Robinson, Jr. of Brown University who had been Secretary of the Managing Committee since 1945 and Chairman of the Committee on the Gennadius Library since 1949 until his serious illness caused him to resign two months before his death. He had served also as Chairman of the Summer School Committee in 1963-64, had been Director of the Summer Session in 1959 and had twice filled the post of Annual Professor of the School, in 1948 and in 1962. He was also the first chairman of the Alumni Association serving from 1940 to 1945. His was one of those careers of dedication to the School which has made it what it has been in this first century of its history. From his student days in 1923–1925 the School was one of the chief concerns of his life, and from his election to the Managing Committee in 1930 he devoted his time, thought and tireless energy to furthering the interests of the School in many ways; but it was in his careful, judicious recording of the deliberations of the Executive and Managing Committees and his constructive interest in making the Gennadeion an integral and effective part of the School’s program that he will be best remembered by all members of the Managing Committee in his years of service to it. All alumni of the School will continue to be grateful for his warm and friendly enthusiasm which set the Alumni Association on its course and kept it alive and of active service to the School through its early years.

These five years, in which the Trustees had to face seriously the means of providing more funds for the School, saw some notable changes in their organization and personnel. In 1962 the Board suffered severe losses in the deaths of Philip R. Allen, Arthur Vining Davis and William T. Semple. Davis, a member since 1939, among his many other contributions, had been “invaluable in creating a united Board on the issue of the rebuilding of the Stoa of Attalos to which he made the initial and ultimately one of the largest contributions” (Minutes of Trustees) and then had given the desperately needed help to the essential core of the School’s work, the Library, in his donation of the Davis Wing (see above, pp. 64-67). Semple, a distinguished classical scholar and teacher who had been President of the Board 1946–1949 and a member since 1940, had made the “donation which gave the crucial momentum to the Agora drive which Davis had set in motion” (Minutes of Trustees). Allen, a member since 1943 also well grounded in classics, was another champion of the School’s excavations as well as the general cause of Classical Studies.

At the same meeting (December 19, 1962) which mourned these losses the Board amended its Constitution to add “a Chairman of the Board of Trustees who shall preside at all meetings of the corporation.” Ward M. Canaday filled the office of both Chairman and President until November 18, 1963 when Canaday was re-elected Chairman, a position he held until 1971, and Frederick Crawford became President until he succeeded Canaday as Chairman in 1971. The previous year’s meeting on December 11, 1961 brought to the Assistant Treasurership a man who was to give unusually devoted and valuable service in that capacity and as a member of the Board from 1965, and as its Secretary from 1969, until his untimely death in 1973, Harry M. Lyter. In 1963 three new members were elected to the Board, Henry D. Mercer, Arthur K. Watson and William K. Simpson who was later to become President (1971) and then Chairman (1975) of the Board. At the December 1964 meeting a further change in the Constitution increased the number of Board members from 15 to 20.

In facing the financial problems of the School, the Trustees tried to adjust the costs of the regular operation of the School, including both the upkeep of the physical plant (both the actual buildings and the personnel who keep them in order) and the academic salaries, library funds, and student fellowships, against the costs of further excavations and of the Gennadeion, both in need of large special funds. A Committee composed of members of the Managing Committee who were directors of excavations and one a former Director of the School was charged by the Trustees to report on the most desirable use of the limited funds. John L. Caskey and Rodney S. Young reported on December 19, 1962 that those limited funds should go to the operation of the School and the training of students and they called to witness the record of the alumni. The Trustees approved this report in principle. They had already voted in 1960 to use unexpended general income for necessary repairs on the School buildings (see above, p. 87), and in 1961 they voted to add the unexpended fellowship income to the capital of each fellowship fund in turn until the White, Wheeler, Seymour and Capps were each brought up to $50,000, after which to divide any such income equally among the four; this was to assure the larger stipends for the fellowships urgently needed in a land where the costs were rising steadily. Acceptance in 1963 of Mrs. Blegen’s gift of her home promised for the future the additional living space the ever increasing numbers of scholars and students at the School would need. In 1963 also the Trustees acted on some of the Gennadeion problems. Formation of a Friends of the Gennadeion group which would provide extra funds for the purchase of rare books was encouraged, and it was agreed to proceed with an addition to the building when and if necessary funds became available (see below, pp. 231-233). In 1964 the Trustees decided to allocate $2,000 of Unexpended General Income for the final preparation of the Catalogue of the Gennadius Library. It had been recognized in 1962 that the real need was for a $500,000 endowment for the Gennadeion which would free the School of the drain upon its General Funds for the upkeep of the Gennadeion, and it was agreed that efforts should be made to find such an endowment from persons who might support the Gennadeion rather than the general purposes of the School. Actually no greater success was achieved in these five years than in any years since in attaining this goal.

Meanwhile the one need of the School which did attract not only interest but support was the continuation of work in the Athenian Agora. On November 23, 1965 the Chairman of the Board announced to the Trustees the gift of one million dollars from the Ford Foundation for five further years of excavation in the Athenian Agora when the Greek Government would have bought the land and turned it over to the School for excavation (see below, p. 197). It is only accurate recording to note that this triumph of Mr. Canaday in providing the means of carrying on one of the School’s projects closest to his heart met with mingled reaction among members of the Managing Committee and alumni. Although all rejoiced that this most distinguished of the School’s activities in the field, internationally recognized for its excellence and its outstanding contributions to classical studies, should be able to continue, many heads shook at the specter of the future empty cupboard for the very life of the School as a research center for students and scholars.

Alfred Bellinger was foremost among those who with Cassandra-like vision foresaw the result of not building up the General Endowment in those years of his Chairmanship. It was not for want of his constant, urgent pleas and his own untiring efforts of every kind possible to him. Particularly did he lend every effort in a struggle to guard the right of the Managing Committee rather than the Trustees (as provided in the Regulations) to decide upon the activities of the School and the allocation of funds for those activities. He was a dedicated classicist at heart, one for whom the classical and the Christian values and morals were his way of life because he believed in them. He believed in opening the doors of classical thought and expression to all who would enter and all who might live by and with them; he, with the founders, saw that as the goal and the responsibility of the School. He saw it as the responsibility of all who agreed to take a part in the governing bodies of the School to maintain that institution for the passing on of the finest possible understanding of classical values.

Before we leave Alfred Bellinger’s chairmanship a few further points of interest should be noted. Two gifts to the School which have, in the years since, occupied prominent places in the main School building were presented. In April 1962 Mrs. Harold North Fowler sent the bronze relief head of her husband, the first student at the School, which she made in Cambridge in about 1935. It hangs on the wall of the entrance hall where all who enter may be reminded not only of the distinguished career in classical studies and services to the School of its first student in 1882, but also of his many followers who have entered the School and gone out to make outstanding contributions to classical and other scholarly studies. Throughout his long years of teaching classics and archaeology at Western Reserve University, Harold North Fowler was much beloved by the students whom he inspired to share his devotion to things Greek, and, after retirement from teaching, as consultant to the Library of Congress he continued to encourage many in classical pursuits. He served the School unstintingly as member of the Managing Committee from 1901 till his death in 1955, as Chairman of the Committee on Fellowships from 1904 to 1917, as contributor to the Erechtheum volume, as Annual Professor 1924-25 and as Editor of the Corinth publications for a number of years and author of some portions.

The following year (1963) by the terms of his will Gorham Phillips Stevens left to the School his bronze Actaeon by Paul Manship along with his archaeological library and his original architectural drawings of Athenian and Corinthian buildings. Several of the latter hang in the public rooms of the School, and the Actaeon graces the Library mantel, suggesting the inspiration of classical subject and style to one of the leading sculptors of the first half of the 20th century, a fellow of the sister institution, the American Academy in Rome.

Of the many monetary gifts to the School in these five years it is perhaps invidious to single out particular ones for mention. Those specifically for excavations or for the Gennadeion are mentioned elsewhere, but a few others should appear here. One bequest from an alumna who had continued close association with Greece and the School from her student days may be noted. Hazel Hansen who died in December 1962 bequeathed $6,750 to the School of which she had been a member in 1922–1925, 1927-28, 1936-37, 1939. On the faculty of Stanford University since 1928, she had represented it on the Managing Committee since 1938 and had served as Annual Professor in 1956-57. For her work in discovering, in hidden spots on Skyros, vases found long ago and neglected over many years, studying them and providing a small museum for them, she was made an Honorary Citizen of Skyros. Another former student, Stephen Bleecker Luce, 1914-15, who acted as Assistant Director in 1928-29 and who died June 2, 1962, recognized the everyday needs of the School when he left a legacy of $60,000 “the income to be used for the maintenance” of the School; this could not have been more timely and made possible the major repairs and renovations carried out on the School buildings in the later 60’s. Trustee Philip R. Allen also knew well the general needs of the School and left $15,000 “to be invested and the income used for general purposes.”

Chapter IV: The Chairmanship of Richard Hubbard Howland, 1965–1975

The decade of chairmanship of Richard Hubbard Howland (Pl. 10, e) of the Smithsonian Institution spanned portions of two Directorships in Athens, Henry Schroder Robinson until June 30, 1969 and James Robert McCredie succeeding him. On the Managing Committee John L. Caskey served as Vice Chairman and Alan L. Boegehold as Secretary throughout the period. It was a decade of many heavy problems for the School which needed close face-to-face consultation between the Chairman of the Managing Committee and the Director; it was fortunate for the School that Richard Howland was able to give that kind of attention to the School’s affairs. His frequent visits to Athens kept him in close touch with situations there and allowed a quick and profitable interchange between the Managing Committee and the School. The Trustees too kept in close touch, with frequent visits from President Frederick Crawford and Chairman Ward M. Canaday and two meetings of the whole Board in Athens, in 1969 and 1972.

Greece

The program at the School remained essentially the same as in the recent previous years. For the fall trips Delos was dropped in 1966 and thereafter, but the hard core of the trips from earliest days, namely the chief sites of Central Greece and the Peloponnese, remained every year, with those of the latter area divided into two trips, one to the Argolid and Corinthia, usually made as the last trip of the fall, and the other to the west of the Peloponnese. In addition to the Central Greece trip made every year, there were added in alternate years sites in Macedonia including Samothrace and Thasos or those in the northwest, including Corfu in 1974. These trips continued to be conducted by the Director (Henry Robinson and later James McCredie) or the Professor of Archaeology (Eugene Vanderpool through June 1971, thereafter C. W. J. Eliot) with the addition beginning in 1966 of Charles Williams, II, Field Director of the Corinth Excavations, who usually conducted the Argo-lid-Corinthia trip. The generosity of many Greek and foreign excavators in showing the School over their sites added tremendously to the excitement of many of the newer excavations, e.g. Photios Petsas at the Tomb of Lefkadia, Emil Kunze at Olympia. The day at Samothrace with James McCredie after he became Director was always a high point and well worth the difficulties occasionally encountered in getting there. Occasional special trips were undertaken such as that to Thera at the end of the winter term in 1970 through the kind cooperation of Professors Marinatos and Mylonas and Mr. Doumas. In 1971 two more optional trips were arranged, one to sites in Phokis and Southern Boiotia conducted by McCredie and Vanderpool, another to Crete by J. Walter Graham; both were popular and highly successful. The regular winter schedule of the Topography and Monuments of Athens, conducted chiefly by Vanderpool and later Eliot, and the Friday trips to sites in Attica led by the Director or Professors of Archaeology remained the principal winter activity. Professor Vanderpool continued to conduct some of these meetings after his retirement in 1971 and the other Professor Emeritus, Oscar Broneer, also lectured on certain of his special areas of interest. In January to March 1975 when Professor Eliot was on sabbatical leave Judith Binder, as Visiting Lecturer, conducted some of the Athenian and Attic sessions; Merle K. Langdon and John McK. Camp II also did some.

In addition to these constants were the ever varied offerings by the Visiting Professors (the name given from 1967 on to both the representatives on the Managing Committee who were formerly distinguished as Annual and Visiting Professors). It is worth recording the “courses” they offered, voluntarily, since their remuneration of travel expenses to come as “Special Research Fellows” of the School never carried with it a requirement to undertake any formal work with the students. Visiting Professors have never failed, however, to meet with the students through the winter “term” of December, January, February and part of March to guide them on subjects of their special interest and experience. The tremendous variety of these subjects is some measure not only of the wide opportunities offered to students, varying each year, but particularly of the wide range of scholarship inspired and sponsored by the School. Nearly all these Visiting Professors in this decade had been members of the School earlier. In 1965-66 the subjects offered were Vase Painting (Cedric G. Boulter), Hesiod and the Agricultural Calendar (Michael H. Jameson); 1966-67: Epigraphy (Sterling Dow), Kleisthenes (C. W. J. Eliot); 1967-68: Parthenon (Paul A. Clement), The Pentekontaetia (Malcolm F. McGregor); 1968-69: Documents in Athenian History (Alan L. Boegehold), Euripides (Joseph Conant); 1969-70: Attic Epigraphy of the Fifth Century (Benjamin D. Meritt), Two Oedipus Plays (Norman T. Pratt); 1970-71: Roman Provincial Administration (James H. Oliver), Tragedy and Athens (Henry R. Immerwahr); 1971-72: Herodotos (Harry C. Avery), Development of the Athenian Constitution (Oscar W. Reinmuth); 1972-73: Athens from Kylon to Kleisthenes (Mary E. White), Second Athenian Confederacy (Fordyce W. Mitchel); 1973-74: Tragedy and Politics (William M. Calder III), The Role of Myth in the Creative Process (Jacob E. Nyenhuis); 1974-75: Greece and the Near East in the 8th to 6th centuries b.c. (Jean M. Davison), Plato’s Early Dialogues (Charles H. Kahn).

The changing character of the School’s membership, which had been for some years previously bringing a larger and larger proportion of senior research fellows and older Associate Members in relation to the number of regular first-year students, had an effect on the intellectual fare offered to these students. With so many older scholars and even younger scholars with a number of years residence at the School, a great number of studies were being carried on under the roof of the School which could not fail to interest most of the members, older and younger. In several of the years of this period, depending on the interests of the particular personnel, there were held after tea one day a week during the winter a series of sessions at which members with a piece of research ready for discussion would present reports on their work in progress. Other members attended or not according to their interest and available time. Still further opportunities for first-year students to learn something of excavation methods were offered in the sessions on excavation pottery carried on by Fellows of the Athenian Agora, Stephen and Stella Miller and later John Camp. From time to time, too, other alumni back at the School working on various research projects would guide the new students through the material of their specialties in the Athenian museums, e.g. Carl Blegen and later George Mylonas the Bronze Age rooms of the National Museum; Evelyn Harrison, Brunilde Ridgway and Caroline Houser the sculpture; Eugene Vanderpool, D. A. Amyx and Jean Davison the pottery; Joan Fisher of the Corinth staff and John Kroll of the Agora staff the numismatics; Fordyce Mitchel and Alan Boegehold the epigraphy; later, several Greek colleagues held sessions in the Benaki and Byzantine museums. David Jordan led a group including members of the British School which met to discuss epigraphical work in progress.

Most popular of all to those of agile limb as well as topographical bent were the increasingly famous Saturday walks around Attica with “E V” which gave that special group each year an ever deepening understanding of all aspects of the Greek countryside, ancient, mediaeval and modern, along with an ever growing admiration and affection for their incomparable leader, Eugene Vanderpool.

With the coming of spring the excavation or independent work season arrived as traditionally, with a new possibility for all first-year regular students beginning in 1967. Charles Williams took up his duties as Field Director of the Corinth Excavations in July 1966; by spring 1967 he saw the potential in a two-week training session which would be offered to all regular students of the School who would appreciate the opportunity to learn something of excavation methods and techniques regardless of whether they have an interest in continuing further in field work. The value of this training has been amply attested by nearly all students of the School ever since. It is recognized by many alumni of the School as one of the most significant of the varied kinds of training and experience the year at the School offers classical students whatever their special talents and inclinations. Many of the students remained on the Corinthian staff for the regular season after the training session; others went off to the excavations of their universities or turned to their own individual studies. The provision for a paper to be presented by those who do not occupy themselves in the spring at excavations continued to be very flexibly enforced. Some students complied eagerly, happily and promptly; others sent back papers based on the work of the spring several years later; others did none at all; the Director felt uncertain about the wisdom of strict enforcement.

One of the factors contributing to the uncertainties about making any strict requirement of students lay in a situation both Directors more than once begged to have clarified for them. Fellows and students (16 in number and 20 after 1969) were selected for their demonstrated and potential ability and excellence on the theory, based on the School’s avowed purpose, that a year of residence in Greece with exposure to its land and monuments would increase their quality and effectiveness as classicists. Not infrequently the student comes the year of or immediately before his doctoral examinations or while writing his thesis; when this is so, the tug between the upcoming commitment to his university and the opportunities of learning in Greece is sometimes an uneven one, and the student sometimes spends much of his year doing what he might better have stayed at home to do and gains too little of the advantages Greece and the School offer. The Directors begged for guidance from members of the Managing Committee who send their students at such a time in their careers as to what they expect of them, so that advice and assistance may be given such students to gain the most possible from their stay in Athens.

In most cases, however, the students appeared to continue to gain a goodly measure of both profit and pleasure from the year, as has been the general case throughout the century. If more voices were heard in less than appreciation of the School in this decade, one must recall the actual date. The general unrest and questioning of existing conditions which characterized certain student groups in many areas of the United States in the late 60’s were bound to spill over into American institutions of learning elsewhere. Actually more objections were raised a bit later, in the early 70’s, by younger members of the Managing Committee, and more changes took place in their Regulations (see below) than in the activity at the School itself. The one area in which protest brought change at the School was in housing. Beginning in 1966-67 first-year students who were unmarried or married without children were no longer automatically expected to live in Loring Hall, yet all but two chose to do so that first year and most continued to do so in the following years. Residents were not required to take their meals there, and in the first years, when the ever increasing inflation in Greece had not yet reached the proportions it did later, many took advantage of this privilege. As the cost of food continued to rise, however, more and more students both old and new came back to Loring Hall for both room and board as the most economical arrangement they could find. The School took the financial loss in the lean years of residents and diners in an effort to allow the independence so eagerly sought, with the conviction also that living and eating out in Athens should serve to improve the students’ knowledge of modern Greek, always an accomplishment the School has strongly encouraged. From 1968 the management of Loring Hall by Mrs. Fidao improved conditions emphatically.

The repairs to the physical plant which had begun at the start of Henry Robinson’s directorship and had continued, some every year, were concluded with the repainting of the exterior of the Main Building and the surrounding fences in the summer of 1968. This refurbishing of the buildings and in some cases renovations as well as necessary repairs put the three main buildings in Athens into shape to serve the School’s needs for some time ahead with normal upkeep. The framing of many of the Edward Lear watercolors owned by the Gennadeion added to the framed engravings from Mr. Kyriakides’ bequest gave many of the rooms a pleasant distinction as well as attractiveness.

The staff continued the many services to the community which had been established for some years. There was an Open Meeting each year for all the archaeological company in Athens. The Director regularly gave a summary of American excavations of the preceding year and another staff member gave a more detailed report: 1966, Michael Jameson on the Porto Cheli excavations; 1967, Charles Williams on Corinth; 1968, William Biers on the Roman Bath at Corinth; 1969, Henry Robinson on the Archaic Temples at Corinth; 1970, Charles Williams on the Ancient Agora at Corinth; 1971, T. Leslie Shear, Jr. on the Royal Stoa in Athens; 1972, Eugene Vanderpool on Frederick North’s Athenian Sketchbook; 1973, John Travlos on the Parthenon in the Age of Julian; 1974, Thomas Jacobsen on the Franchthi Cave; 1975, Oscar Broneer on the Theater of Dionysos: The Early Form of the Skene and Orchestra. A few extra public lectures were given by some of the Visiting Professors. For the more general American public in Greece the lectures for AWOG which began in 1947-48 were continued only through 1967 (see above, pp. 34, 41, 47, 60, 71, 85). Thereafter, however, the staff spent many hours each year conducting special guests around Athenian points of archaeological interest at the request of the Embassy.

In 1967 a series of three 25-minute talks were given in Greek on Radio Athens, by Homer Thompson on the history, organization and function of the School and the history of the Agora Excavations, by John Travlos on the results of the Agora Excavations in architecture and town planning and by Eugene Vanderpool on the Museum in the Agora.

Several momentous changes took place in the staff during Richard Howland’s chairmanship in addition to the change of Directors mentioned above. Henry Schroder Robinson completed his second term of five years in 1969 and was succeeded by James Robert McCredie (Pl. 12, f) of the Institute of Fine Arts at New York University. Henry Robinson’s great contribution to the School was the revival of work at Corinth; this unwavering dedication to Corinth and its future is fittingly honored by the naming for him of one of the new residence wings of the excavation house (below, pp. 167-168). But he also labored with great concentration on every detail to keep the year-round program of the School of high academic standard. He worked closely with the Committee on Admissions and Fellowships to secure the most promising young classicists as members of the School, Regular and Associate. He recognized too what the School could do to help in many ways the classicists and interested visitors who came to Athens in increasingly large numbers. His own personal attention to the mountain of requests for every kind of assistance that reared up in the Director’s office would have left a less dedicated man without the time and energy to carry on the constantly growing administrative demands both within the School itself (including the major repairs to the buildings) and in relation to the Greek authorities. In paying attention to so many requests he not only built up goodwill for the School but was indeed spreading interest in Greek studies among many varying kinds of visitors.

James McCredie had been a student at the School in 1958-59 and 1961-62 (as Charles Eliot Norton Fellow) and had excavated Koroni with Professor Vanderpool in 1960. As a member of the faculty of the Institute of Fine Arts since 1962 he had joined the staff of Samothrace and from 1962 was its Field Director; he had spent 1965-66 at the School, and so he came to the Directorship well familiar with the School of the time.

In 1966-67 Mary Zelia Philippides was given leave of absence to concentrate on her assignment to publish the black-figured pottery found in the Athenian Agora. Her position as Librarian of the School was filled that year by two librarians from the University of North Carolina Library, each one serving one semester, Louise McG. Hall and Eileen McIlvaine. Then on December 21, 1971, Mrs. Philippides retired after breaking in two Assistant Librarians to take over the work she had accomplished single-handedly for most of her thirteen years of service. Thomas P. Jedele began on September 1, 1971 and Nancy A. Winter on October 1, 1971, and both continued to share the responsibilities of the Librarianship as Associate Librarians in 1972-73. In July 1973 Miss Winter took over as Librarian with an Assistant Librarian such as had been provided for Mrs. Philippides in 1966. Mrs. Philippides had served since 1958, the first professionally trained librarian the School had enjoyed. Trained first as an archaeologist and a life-long scholar of Greek vases, she brought to the position a scholar’s understanding of the scholar’s needs, the professional librarian’s experience in technical and practical matters, a sensitive human being’s generosity of spirit in her dealings with both the ever increasing number of members of the School and the very considerable number of foreign scholars and American diplomats and visiting scholars who turned to her for help and guidance and never went away empty-handed, rarely disappointed in their quests. She undertook the staggering task of making a new catalogue for the whole collection at the same time that she kept the collection up to date with more and more books appearing at higher and higher costs from a budget always receding in relation to the demands upon it to keep the Library the first-rate center of the School’s work. She had set a standard and created an atmosphere far from easy for one who came after to maintain, but Miss Winter has done so, and the Library continues to be cited frequently by scholars as one of the most pleasant and satisfactory places to pursue academic studies. The new catalogue completed with many more subject cards, the topographical bibliography, the ease of access to the shelves all contribute, but Miss Winter’s own knowledge of the collection as an archaeologist as well as Librarian and her friendly eagerness to help when needed continue the excellent conditions of work. As in all aspects of the School, the negative factor has been a financial one; the available funds are not adequate to keep up all departments of the Library as should be done, especially since the range of classical and archaeological studies continues to widen.

Another change of significance came with the death on June 5, 1967 of Aristides Kyriakides who had been our Legal Adviser since he took over that heavy responsibility after the death of his predecessor Anastasios Adossides in 1942 during the War. We have spoken above (pp. 17, 19, 25, 26) of how he and Mr. Stevens guided the School through those troubled years; his legal knowledge and skill but far more his wisdom and human understanding had been put at the disposal of the School tirelessly and with effectiveness as great as his personal devotion to the School through a quarter century. His life for the School is well expressed in a letter of June 26, 1951 to Director Caskey, “I do not consider my work at the School merely as a professional job but as a contribution towards a noble purpose which promotes science and my country. That is why, without being an archaeologist, I feel I am a colleague and real friend in a common effort.” It was suitable that a memorial to that service should take a form which would remind future members of his strong interest in music, drama and other visual arts, a fund for the Library for books in those fields.

Earlier in 1967, in April, another death brought a major change in the Corinthian scene. Evangelos Lekkas, devoted foreman and friend of the School, died on his way to his post, faithful to the last (see below, pp. 162-163).

Retirement removed during these years the member of the Gennadeion staff of longest tenure, Eurydice Demetracopoulou, who after 32 years of service retired as Assistant Librarian on June 30, 1969 (see below, p. 234) and was succeeded by Sophie Papageorgiou.

Two years later, June 30, 1971, two others who had served the administration of the School long and devotedly were lost through retirement, Eustratios Athanassiades who had been since 1946 the skilled Business Manager (Accountant) ever loyal, helpful and cheerful, and Georgios Sakkas, that other member of the Business Office to whom all members of the School are indebted for help and kindness unlimited. They were succeeded by Ioanna Driva and Panayiotis Asiatides. Retirement also ended the service of Lucy Shoe Meritt as Editor of Publications for 22 years on September 30, 1972 (see below, p. 269), at which time Marian Holland McAllister took over.

It was, however, the year 1971 which saw the largest number and most significant of changes and losses in the staff. Mrs. Philippides’ departure as Librarian in December has been noted above (p. 103). In June and August the Professorships of Archaeology had suffered monumental losses. With the death on August 24th of Carl William Blegen (Pls. 12, c; 15, a) the School lost a devoted friend, a distinguished scholar, a generous and dedicated teacher, a wise counselor who had been associated with the School continuously, save for a few years, since he arrived as a student in 1910. A mere enumeration of his official positions fails to suggest his close and generous association with the School’s affairs and personnel, staff and students alike, but nearly all who have passed the threshold in that stretch of over half a century are the richer and wiser for having crossed his path; each of them knows what he meant to them as well as to the School as a whole. For the record, however, here is the bald list: Student 1910–1913, Secretary of the School 1913–1920, Assistant Director 1920–1926, Acting Director 1926-27, Member of the Managing Committee 1920–1927, 1944–1971, Chairman of the Alumni Association 1947–1949, Director 1948-49, Professor of Archaeology 1949–1971. In the latter capacity Carl Blegen’s lectures in the Bronze Age rooms of the National Museum were a high point of each winter term of the regular sessions of the School, and to the students of many a summer session his guiding them over the Palace at Pylos was an unforgettable experience (see below for his excavation of that site, p. 207). Not the least vivid in the memories of members of the School family are the gatherings at 9 Plutarch Street when his fund of tales and his gentle concern for each individual endeared him to one and all. That the Library of the School should have been in 1973 named the Blegen Library for Carl and Elizabeth (who had died on September 21, 1966) Blegen who had given that home and its fine and extensive library to the School is eminently fitting.

There was one, however, who had made an even greater impact on every one associated in any way with the School since 1948 when he became the Professor of Archaeology, Eugene Vanderpool (Pl. 13, b). When he retired on June 30, 1971 many felt as if “Mr. American School” had indeed gone. Luckily for everyone Eugene Vanderpool has continued as Professor of Archaeology Emeritus to be in his office, available to all comers, to conduct some of the sessions of the courses in the Topography of Athens and the Sites of Attica, to carry on his famous Saturday walks through Attica with a welcome to all who would share them, and to be the modest, self-effacing man of fewest possible words who with those words shares one of the widest knowledges and most sensitive understandings of Greece and Greeks, countryside, monuments, birds, flowers, people of all ages. “E V” came to the School first in 1929 as a student just graduated from Princeton University. He returned in 1932 as Athenian Agora Fellow and was Agora Fellow and then Assistant Field Director until 1967 at the same time that he was Professor of Archaeology, occupying in reality two full-time positions of the highest responsibility. His unique service to the School during the war has been noted earlier (pp. 8, 11, 12, 15, 16, 17-18). As excavator and as Professor at the School Vanderpool’s interests and proficiencies lie in many fields; there is no aspect of ancient archaeology and literature and few in the later periods unfamiliar to him, and his publications extend over a wide range, but it is in the fields of Athenian and Attic epigraphy and topography that his greatest contributions have been made, in numerous publications as in teaching and directing others. His guidance and concern for members of the School and their work through a whole generation, his masterly teaching, his wise and firm administration of both the School whenever the Director was in America and the Agora Excavations when the Field Director was not in Athens made him all but indispensable to staff and students alike for information, advice, understanding. There has never been a more beloved member of the School community. Because every student of the School (and “student” here includes every one associated with the School) owes him such an incalculable debt, it was right that their tribute to him should be in the form of a fellowship in his name, held for the first time in 1971-72. It is awarded to a second-year student on recommendation of the Director, and it “will permanently call to mind the ideals of scholarship and teaching he personifies.”

On July 1, 1971 C. William J. Eliot came from the University of British Columbia to be Professor of Archaeology. As Fellow of the School in 1952–1954 and Secretary of the School in 1954–1957, he was not unfamiliar with the program of the School and the sites of Greece generally and Attica particularly. A disciple of “E V” in the exploration of Attica, he was well experienced to take over the Professor’s share of the teaching regularly divided between Director and Professor of Archaeology. Eliot’s interests too were wide, and his pursuit of matters concerning aspects of the Greek Revolution and 19th-century Greece drew the attention of the students to modern as well as to ancient Greece as they traveled about and furnished the material for a number of his publications during his Professorship. The School was glad to have him continue his connection with the excavation sponsored by the University of British Columbia at Anamur, a Late Roman site in Rough Cilicia in Turkey, and he worked there for several weeks in 1971, 1972, 1973, and 1975; the advantages to the School of having its Professor of Archaeology take an active part in field work are clear (both Broneer and Vanderpool were distinguished excavators).

For some time there had been a feeling that some arrangement should be made for members of the staff to have sabbatical leave; on November 20, 1973 the Trustees approved. Widely as the idea was applauded in principle, it proved all but impossible to work out in practice, especially in the case of the Director. An attempt was made in 1973-74 when James McCredie was on leave from January to June and Richard Stillwell (Pl. 11, e), a former Director, acted in his place. It is extremely difficult for anyone to assume the heavy directorial responsibilities for such a short time without recent close association with the problems, but Mr. Stillwell did so effectively with the outstanding assistance of his wife Celia Sachs Stillwell. The following year, 1974-75, the Professor of Archaeology, C. W. J. Eliot, was on leave from January 1 to July, 1975; a special Visiting Lecturer was appointed to conduct ten seminars on the Monuments of Athens and Topography of Attica between January 1 and March 15, Judith Perlzweig Binder, a former member of the staff of the Athenian Agora Excavations and a former Secretary of the Corinth Excavations. The sabbatical leave for the Librarian of the Gennadeion in 1960-61 and the Librarian of the School in 1966-67 had worked well, but it was a more difficult matter for the Director and the Professor of Archaeology whose responsibilities are of a different nature and not quickly or easily shifted.

From 1968 Dr. Elpidophoros Papantoniou served as physician for members of the School, and he earned their deep appreciation of his skill and his kindness often well “beyond the call of duty” until he retired in 1978.

There were several special occasions of honor to alumni of the School in which members of the School shared the festivities. In 1965 the first award of the newly instituted Gold Medal of the Archaeological Institute of America for Distinguished Archaeological Achievement was made to Carl William Blegen. Since he was not in the United States to accept it, arrangements were made to have it presented to him by the U. S. Ambassador Phillips Talbot at his residence in a ceremony on February 28, 1966 attended by an international as well as American group of archaeologists. In 1969 the Gold Medal was awarded to three men closely connected with the School throughout their careers: Rhys Carpenter, Oscar Broneer and William Bell Dinsmoor; since Dinsmoor was in Athens, his medal was presented to him on February 14, 1970 in a ceremony in Athens attended by many of the School and foreign community. The same year George E. Mylonas was elected a member of the Academy of Athens. All members of the School were invited, along with the students of the University of Athens and the representatives of the other foreign schools, to a convocation (on March 4, 1970) of the School of Philosophy of the University of Athens in the main hall of the University at which Benjamin D. Meritt was awarded an honorary doctoral degree. He accepted it with an address on ‘Eπιγραφικαì Σπoνδαì ἐν ‘Eλλάδι many members of the School were present.

Nor was this decade without dedication ceremonies. The new excavation house at Corinth, named in memory of Bert Hodge Hill, was dedicated on December 1, 1971 (see below, p. 166), and the new wings of the Gennadeion were dedicated on May 19, 1972 (see below, p. 232). The latter was planned to coincide with a meeting of the Trustees held at the School especially to consider whether 9 Plutarch Street could be retained or should be sold to provide the actual cash by then so seriously needed to continue to operate the School along the former lines. Inflation had so crucially affected the School’s resources that funds had to be found. After examining the property and the remainder of the School installations and its activities the Trustees decided at that meeting to sell the Blegen house. This was a hard decision for everyone. For those on the Managing Committee and among the alumni who cherished memories and affection for the house and its occupants, the Blegens and Hills, and had looked forward to it being a permanent part of the School it was a bitter blow. For those who had to weigh those feelings, along with the equally cogent consideration of the moral responsibility of the School to preserve one of the all too few remaining fine 19th-century buildings, against the already precarious financial state of the School which threatened to worsen rapidly the choice was one of the most difficult in the School’s history.

Director McCredie saw clearly the financial trouble ahead and had voiced a “note of caution” in his Annual Report written on April 10, 1972. He begged that the Managing Committee consider priorities “both among and within our various programs,” specifically “general policy on the scope and aims of our excavations and on the areas to be strengthened by acquisitions in our two libraries.” Recent expansion in buildings, in excavations, in the libraries, and in the number of Research Fellows, Associate Members, and visiting scholars (which had increased by nearly half in the previous three years) were all to the good in increasing the usefulness of the School but were requiring more money and less attention “to formerly basic work of the School.” Two years later, on March 26, 1974, as he had predicted, the situation had become critical, and he wrote “Our options are clear: either we must find a considerable amount of money to maintain the School as it now is or we must restrict our activities to those which can be supported by our present funds. . . . Where can our activities be restricted without destruction of the basic purposes of the School, or where can new permanent income be generated? . . . advice is urgently needed if we are to maintain the present standards of the School.”

One source of new permanent income was the sale of the Blegen house in November 1973 for $900,000; it was sold to Vassilios Goulandris and his wife who planned to keep the building and convert it into a private museum. If the School had to part with the home Mrs. Blegen had bought on July 20, 1929, this was the best possible disposition, for it saved the building. Its library was transferred to the School Library which it enriched by some thousand volumes; many duplicates were kept against the time they would be needed to replace volumes too worn for further use, other duplicates were sold to members of the School, the proceeds used for the purchase of needed volumes. Furniture and carpets were used to enrich the furnishings of the Director’s apartment, Loring Hall and other School residential areas both in Athens and in Corinth.

Elizabeth Pierce Blegen was but one of the close friends and former students lost to the School by death in this decade. Another who had made his home in Athens since 1961 had been closely associated with the School since his days as Fellow in Architecture in 1908–1912, William Bell Dinsmoor. His study of the Propylaia, which became legendary as he strove to check and recheck fine point after fine point, had been eagerly anticipated by all archaeologists, and there had been hope that after his retirement from Columbia University, when he came back to Athens to stay he would at last be able to complete it as well as the West Shops of Corinth, but critical illness robbed him of several years of effective work. Although he continued to work with amazing determination in his latter, invalid years, at the end the scholarly world was still deprived of the Propylaia publication by the acknowledged master of Greek architectural study. Dinsmoor died in Athens on July 2, 1973 and was buried in the Protestant section of the First Cemetery. On May 1, 1975 Eurydice Demetracopoulou of the Gennadeion from 1937 to 1975 died (see below, pp. 234-235).

We have seen the character of the total company at the School change more in these ten than in the preceding eighty odd years. In 1972-73 less than one-third of the students were regular members; in 1974-75 the number of Associate Members had grown to 28 compared to 15 regular first-year members. When the 13 Research Fellows, 6 of the School, 7 others, are added to the 28 it makes a very heavy concentration of older members compared to the regular members. The number of visiting Research Fellows who associated themselves with the School varied from year to year from about 6 to 10, but the number of Associate Members seemed to climb each year till it reached about 30 by 1975. Although officially these non-regular members had no call upon the academic staff of the School, actually the administration of the School did provide much assistance, and the use of the Library facilities by such a large number altered conditions there materially. Costs to the School in both drachmas and hours of service were very considerable. On the other side of the coin was the wide range of interests, of specialties, of real assistance to the regular students provided by this group (many of whom were generous in volunteering lectures and guidance to groups of students as well as to individuals), the distinction brought to the School by their study and achievements in scholarship, and the broadening of the contribution of the School to the cause of Greek studies in the United States, its fundamental reason for existence. It would be impossible to weigh gains against losses, but the total gains academically were great. The chief loss, academically, was in the change from the small, almost family group of earlier years with all the benefits a small, closely knit company of students and scholars gives to each other.

U.S.A.

If the changes in Athens were considerable in this period of the School’s history, they were almost as nothing compared to the revolutionary changes which took place in the Managing Committee at the same time. More fundamental changes in its membership and its operation were made than in all its previous history.

The number of Cooperating Institutions rose from 95 in 1965 to 113 in 1975, and that additional support, both financially and academically, was warmly appreciated. New members of the Managing Committee were elected at each meeting in greater numbers than ever before, both because of the new institutions and new ex officio members (in December 1972 the Professor of Archaeology, the Field Directors of the School’s Excavations, the Director of the Gennadius Library, and the Editor of Publications were elected) and because an unusually large number of earlier members retired during this period and were replaced with active teaching members to represent their Institutions. The composition, therefore, of the Committee changed rapidly, and when in 1966 a regulation deprived members who were emeriti at their institutions from a vote in the Committee, most of them ceased their attendance and, unfortunately, often also their interest and contributions to the School. In a very few years, then, the members with experience in the School’s affairs dwindled, and the large majority were new to the Committee and to the problems of the School, even though many were recent alumni. This new Managing Committee began to look to its composition and its Regulations. The majority seemed to favor wider, unexperienced, short-term representation with more varied points of view on the committees over longer-termed service which allowed for the benefit of experience.

The first changes came as a result of expressed dissatisfaction with what appeared to be an inequity in representation on the Committee. The older philosophy of membership had been that members were elected to the Managing Committee to represent their institutions, but once on the Committee their responsibility was to the best interests of the School; they served the School with the ever increasing understanding and devotion that came with experience. The value of their membership on the Committee lay in their experience which the Managing Committee did not wish to lose, if and when they moved from institution to institution as academic people do. It so happened, therefore, that an institution sometimes acquired more than the one member required by the Regulations, frequently two but in one or two cases as many as four, usually, however, in more than one department. The newer thinking was based more on the point of view of the individual institution than on that of the School and objected to this imbalance. In response to this objection, on December 28, 1966 the Personnel Committee offered three provisions which were voted by the Managing Committee: 1) at any given meeting no more than two representatives from a single institution shall vote; 2) members emeriti will be notified of meetings, may attend meetings and be heard but may not vote; 3) if a member transfers from the institution which he was elected to represent, he may retain his membership if the institution to which he transfers is a supporting institution and if this institution expressly desires him to be its representative. In such a case it may happen that the institution to which he transfers may have two or even more representatives. In May 1967 a further clarification of No. 3 was voted: at the death or transfer of a member representing an institution which has other active representation on the Managing Committee that institution is not entitled to replace the departed member. No. 2 was submitted again in 1969, advance notice having been given on December 29, 1968, and was approved on May 10, 1969.

The Executive Committee of the Managing Committee considered the question of term of service on committees and offered in December 1968 a motion to elect members of the Committees on Admissions and Fellowships, Publications and Summer Session for four years with re-election possible. When this was proposed on May 10, 1969 the Managing Committee voted to table the motion and to appoint an ad hoc committee to consider the whole question of terms for all committees. The report of this Committee proposed amendments to the Regulations which were passed on May 9, 1970. The chief changes were: 1) at least one representative from each Cooperating Institution must be in active status at that institution; 2) No. 3 above; 3) voting on matters of substance shall be by Institution; matters of substance, as defined by the Chairman of the Managing Committee, shall be voted upon only after written notice given at least three weeks in advance of the meeting; 4) election to the Committee on Publications shall be for a term of seven years, to the Committees on Admissions and Fellowships, Gennadius Library, and Summer Session for a term of four years; 5) salaried officers and members of the staff of the School will normally retire at the age of 65 and must retire at the age of 68. The implementation of these rules required that incumbent members would leave committees, one or two a year; the Executive Committee was to decide who rotated off upon advice from the chairman of the committee and the Personnel Committee. At this 1970 meeting two ad hoc committees were appointed, one to choose a new Director when James McCredie’s term expired at the end of his three-year term in 1972, the other to find a new Editor to succeed Lucy Shoe Meritt in 1972 (see below, p. 115).

A year later there was still dissatisfaction in some quarters, and another ad hoc committee was appointed to review once more problems of some of the committees. As a result of this committee’s proposals another set of Amendments to the Regulations was voted approval on May 13, 1972. These were far more revolutionary in terms of the regulations of the preceding 90 years and changed the character and methods of operation of the committees of the School very markedly. It is still too soon to measure their over-all effect on the operation of the School in Athens, but already some of the committees have been pleading for more experience as they handle the ever more complex and demanding problems of an institution now (1980) in dire financial straits and faced with drastic cutting of activities. The main changes were: 1) the addition to the Standing Committees of the School of a Committee on Committees: six members charged with nominating annually at least three candidates for the two vacancies to occur on the Executive Committee and candidates for spaces on the Personnel, Publications, Admissions and Fellowships, Gennadius Library, and Summer Session Committees. Such nominations together with any made by petition of ten or more members of the Managing Committee were to be mailed to the Managing Committee in advance of the Annual Meeting at which voting takes place. 2) Personnel Committee to consist of five members to serve five-year terms; Publications Committee: five members for five-year terms plus the Editor of Publications not eligible to be chairman; Committees on Admissions and Fellowships, Gennadius Library, and Summer Session: not less than three members for terms of four years. 3) Personnel Committee to make recommendations to the Executive Committee for School’s officers, members of Managing Committee, and all positions, representatives, and committees except for the Standing Committees. 4) No person shall serve as a voting member of more than one Standing Committee at a time, nor be eligible to serve again on the same Committee for at least one year after expiration of a term of office; no Cooperating Institution shall have more than one representative on any one Standing Committee at a time.

In May 1973 it was voted that the Committee on Committees should thereafter nominate more than one candidate for each committee post so that there would be a real choice for the Managing Committee when it votes for committee members. Geography and the practical aspects of traveling to attend meetings remained, as they always had been, very significant factors in deciding who could be active on those committees which must do their work when gathered together in a meeting. To help this situation which for many years had been a cause of concern to some members, the Executive Committee in 1973 agreed to reimburse, upon request, a committee member for transportation and one night in a minimally priced hotel for meetings of the Gennadeion, Executive, Publications and Personnel Committees other than those at Christmas. When it is recalled that the School was already in financial difficulties when this heavy addition to the budget was approved, the determination of the Managing Committee was clear not to allow distance to prevent members from serving on committees. At each meeting of the Managing Committee thereafter all members of the Managing Committee were requested to acquaint the Committee on Committees with their suggestions for nominations for the following year including an indication of which committees they themselves would like to serve. So strong was the feeling of some members that an ever wider and wider group of people should serve on the School’s Committees that there were suggestions of electing persons who were not even members of the Managing Committee. This extreme was, however, voted down by the Managing Committee in May 1975.

In May 1974 after various discussions in the meeting it was voted to appoint an ad hoc commitee to review appointment procedures and educational policies generally. This Committee’s report was presented in May 1976.

In the midst of all this agitation and discussion and action about the Regulations as they concern Committees of the Managing Committee, the committees went about their business as best they could. The Committee on Admissions and Fellowships was chaired until 1966 by Carl A. Roebuck who was succeeded by Mabel L. Lang, 1966–1972, and Malcolm McGregor, 1972–1975. In some of these years there were not as many applicants as in the year 1969-70 when 19 first-year students were admitted, raising the number from the previous 16 close to the limit (20) that was felt by Director and Committee might be satisfactorily accommodated. But in other years highly qualified students had to be refused admission. In 1974-75 the number who wrote fellowship examinations shot up to 32. The Committee had as much if not more business with associate members. In some years there were excellent fellowship candidates, and when the accumulation of funds permitted, an additional fellowship was awarded. In some cases when there were more qualified applicants for regular membership than the 20, applicants who were put on the waiting list transferred to associate membership and attended in that capacity. Two new fellowships were founded in these years. Funds for one in memory of George Henry McFadden and named for him were given, and it was awarded from 1969-70 through 1976-77. In 1974-75 the funds for the Jacob Hirsch Fellowship (see below, p. 118) became available. The terms specify a student from the United States or Israel (see below, p. 134). The chief problem of policy in these years was the eligibility for a fellowship of a student who is a graduate or graduate student of a Cooperating Institution but is not a citizen of the United States or Canada. Such students were eligible for consideration for membership, but the Regulations had restricted fellowships to U.S. or Canadian citizens.

Richard Stillwell who had served as Chairman of the Personnel Committee since 1957 retired in May 1968 and was succeeded by Lloyd Daly who continued, until the change in Regulations in 1972, to serve the Managing Committee with his two colleagues on the Personnel Committee as all former chairmen had done. The Committee was responsible for knowing the personnel of the Managing Committee well so that it could nominate all members of committees except themselves, all new members of the Managing Committee, and all officers of the School (including the Visiting Professors since 1961 when the Chairman turned this over to the Committee). It had, however, been customary to appoint an ad hoc committee of which the Personnel Committee were members to select a new Chairman of the Managing Committee, sometimes also for a new Director, so that a wider knowledge of possible candidates could be drawn upon for the nomination. These were heavy responsibilities calling for much consultation, much consideration of duties and personalities and abilities, much wisdom and courage, to which experience lent perspective and understanding, above all a deep devotion to the School’s best interests as their first priority. It is fitting that tribute should be paid here to those who had served as Chairmen of the Personnel Committee as constituted by amendment to the Regulations in May 1925. At first the Chairman of the Managing Committee served as Chairman of the Personnel Committee and he appointed the other two members. Beginning in 1932 the Chairman was elected by the Managing Committee and re-elected each year. Charles Burton Gulick served from 1932 to 1946, William T. Semple 1946 to 1948, Benjamin D. Meritt 1948 to 1957, Richard Stillwell 1957 to 1968, Lloyd W. Daly 1968 to 1972.

The new Regulation passed in 1972 continued to have a committee called Committee on Personnel, but its duties now were limited to the nomination of new members of the Managing Committee, School officers (with some exceptions), Auxiliary Fund Directors and representatives on the Alumni Council; the number of members on the Committee was raised to five, each to serve for five years, one member elected each year. Chairmen served one, two or three years: Evelyn B. Harrison 1972-73, Michael H. Jameson 1973–1975, Frederick E. Winter 1975–1977, William P. Donovan 1977–1980.

Of the Special Committees, the one to find a new Director to succeed Henry S. Robinson nominated James Robert McCredie who was elected on May 13, 1967 to a three-year term beginning July 1, 1969, and after another committee had deliberated, on December 28, 1970 he was re-elected for a five-year term beginning July 1, 1972. The special committee appointed to nominate a new Editor of Publications to succeed Lucy Shoe Meritt nominated Marian Holland McAllister on May 8, 1971, and she was elected to a five-year term beginning October 1, 1972.

When Eugene Vanderpool retired as Professor of Archaeology on June 30, 1971 (see above, pp. 105-106), C. W. J. Eliot was nominated by the Personnel Committee and appointed to the post for a five-year term beginning August 1, 1971. When consideration of reappointment was undertaken by the Personnel Committee in 1974, a second five-year term was not recommended, and the Managing Committee voted on December 28, 1974 that a three-year term, not renewable, be offered Professor Eliot. It was further voted that in future the Professorship of Archaeology be a three-year term not renewable.

The successor to Richard Howland as Chairman of the Managing Committee was nominated by the Personnel Committee and elected by the Managing Committee on May 10, 1975 to serve from July 1, 1975 for a term of five years, namely, Mabel Louise Lang of Bryn Mawr College.

The new Committee on Committees created by the 1972 Regulations (above, p. 112) plus the shorter terms of office of each committee member changed radically the character of the committees Not only was there a constant turnover by the rotating off and on of members each year and the shorter terms altogether, but that nominations were made by an even more changing committee has meant that service on the committees was shared by a very large number of the Managing Committee, coming on with little or no knowledge of the committee’s work, leaving just as they begin to understand it, but having gained for themselves at least a valuable insight into the School’s problems and mode of operation.

The Board of Trustees also saw changes in its officers and its members in these years in which it had momentous decisions to reach and an ever more serious and then critical financial condition to face. The officers elected on November 18, 1963 continued unchanged until December 11, 1969, and the Committees remained essentially the same with a few additions. In 1968 Homer A. Thompson was added to the Board when he retired as Field Director of the Agora Excavations, and in 1969 three more new members were elected: Thomas A. Pappas in May and John Dane, Jr. and Robert McCabe in December. At that December meeting Ward Canaday and Fred Crawford were re-elected as Chairman and President, but William Kelly Simpson became Vice President and the office of Secretary-Treasurer which John J. McCloy had held since 1955 was divided; McCloy continued as Treasurer but the Assistant Treasurer Harry M. Lyter became Secretary. Two years later Lucius D. Clay and Elizabeth Whitehead were added to the Board, and at the November 12, 1971 meeting the By-Laws were amended to extend the term of office for all officers from one to three years. Ward Canaday who had been a member since 1937 and had led and directed the Board for so long (since 1949) asked to be relieved of the active chairmanship and was made Honorary Chairman while Fred Crawford moved up to the Chairmanship, William Kelly Simpson became President, and Nathanael V. Davis Vice President, all elected for three years along with the same Secretary and Treasurer. It was a deep loss when Secretary Harry Lyter died on May 15, 1973, for he had taken a most active and positive interest in the School’s affairs and had contributed valuable understanding and vision. John Dane, Jr. succeeded him as Secretary on May 23, 1973. On November 26, 1974 Crawford was re-elected Chairman for three years, Nathanael V. Davis and Robert McCabe Vice Presidents, John Dane Clerk (formerly called Secretary), John J. McCloy Treasurer, but Simpson as President for one year only. A year later (November 17, 1975) he had moved up to Chairman and Elizabeth Whitehead became President, both three-year terms (see below, p. 136). Charles Fleisch-mann had joined the Board in 1973. In 1975, then, the Board which for many years had consisted of members of many years standing had only five of its 17 members of more than 15 years service, nine of ten years or less. At the December 8, 1970 meeting Ward Canaday’s 85th and Fred Crawford’s 80th birthdays had been honored by the presentation to them of silver trays.

There were innovations in the meetings of this decade. A special invitation was sent to Spyridon Marinatos, Director of Antiquities of the Greek Government, to attend the meeting of December 9, 1968. This was accepted, and Professor Marinatos spoke warmly of the place in the thought of the Greek Government occupied by the School and its personnel and pledged that it was committed to work with the School in the further excavation of the Athenian Agora. At that meeting the Trustees voted “to advance $5,000 from the Loeb Fund surplus to the Greek Government who will pay the balance needed to repair the Hephaisteion in honor of Mr. and Mrs. Homer A. Thompson who for so long have been influential in Greek archaeology and have both been particularly concerned with this temple in the Athenian Agora.” Both Mr. and Mrs. Thompson were at the meeting and were honored with farewell gifts; Homer Thompson had retired on December 31, 1967 as Field Director of the Athenian Agora Excavations.

The need for additional room for the Gennadius Library had been growing for some years, and the Trustees had been urged to consider raising funds to build an addition to the existing building, the idea being that they might be able to interest in this aspect of the School’s activities donors who were not sufficiently interested in the School’s main purpose to support the sorely needed general endowment. It was agreed, therefore, that for the first time in the history of the School the Trustees would meet in Athens in May 1969 and look over all the School’s property and activities but especially the future of the Agora excavation and the Gennadeion’s needs. From May 14 to 17 the Trustees visited all the School facilities and at their official meeting voted that the Finance Committee should find the means of raising $300,000 for the projected new wing for the Gennadeion. This was confirmed at the December 1969 meeting, to be done before undertaking the $1,000,000 General Endowment Drive, and the $128,000 final gift of the Rockefeller Brothers was allocated to the Gennadeion wing. By May 1970 the funds had reached $251,252, and so the Trustees instructed the Chairman of the Managing Committee to proceed; in December 1970 the Board approved construction of the two wings as approved by the Fine Arts Advisory Committee of the Ministry of Public Works of the Greek Government. The wings were dedicated at the second meeting of the Board held in Athens on May 19, 1972 when the chief concern before them was the disposition of the Blegen House. As noted above (p. 108) it was at this meeting that the decision to sell the house was taken.

Several gifts of this period should be noted. In 1966 Trustee Henry Mercer resigned and made a gift of $20,000, $15,000 of which went to Corinth for land purchases and $5,000 to the Gennadeion. Maureen Dallas Watkins left the School an estate from which $157,600 was received in 1973; it was added to the Special Purpose Fund; a previous $12,566 from the estate went to the Gennadeion wings. The $75,000 from Dr. Jacob Hirsch’s estate was, by the terms of the gift, used for a new fellowship (see above, p. 114). The Merrill Foundation contributed $25,000 to the Gennadeion Endowment Fund in 1971 and $15,000 to publications in 1972. Margaret Crosby’s $10,000 bequest was allocated to the General Endowment in 1973, Gisela Richter’s $5,000 in 1974, and an anonymous $33,000 was contributed for the new Corinth living quarters after the 1973 fire. In spite of these, mostly special purpose gifts, the general financial situation continued to worsen; in November 1973 it was noted that for the preceding two years about $40,000 in each year had had to be taken from the principal of general funds; clearly this could not continue. At that meeting the completion of the sale of the Blegen House was announced; $900,000 was the price less the $9,000 commission. The income from this extra endowment just about balanced the budget that year, but inflation caused costs to continue to rise. At its May 24, 1974 meeting the Board requested the Managing Committee to consider the entire question of tuition with particular emphasis on the desirability of charging tuition to students coming from the Cooperating Institutions; it further voted that the annual contribution for Cooperating Institutions which had remained $250 since 1882 be increased to $300 beginning July 1, 1974 (see above, p. 89).

The raising of funds was proving so difficult that not only the general endowment failed to be augmented. Even the Agora excavation, which had previously attracted support at times when the general work of the School had not, could not raise the matching funds needed to accept offers from the Mellon Foundation and the National Endowment for the Humanities for large gifts to allow the excavation to continue. Reluctantly but realistically the Trustees declined these grants in November 1974, with regret that unavailability at that time of the land for substantial further excavations plus the serious economic situation made the action necessary (see below, p. 200).

At the same meeting the Trustees made a decision designed to assure the School a headquarters in the United States. For many years the Chairman of the Managing Committee had been acutely conscious that the School had no place of its own where records could be stored and that the Publications Office was housed at the Institute for Advanced Study subject to the courtesy of its administration and might need to find other quarters if this host needed the space. The Chairman had been trying various possibilities of joining with comparable non-profit educational organizations in sharing quarters, but all would have required more funds than the School had available. At the May 1974 meeting an offer had come from Miss Clara Woolie Mayer to give the Trustees her home at 41 East 72nd Street, New York City, together with a $50,000 endowment for at least part of its upkeep. A committee was appointed to look into all aspects of the results of accepting the offer, and in November the Board gratefully accepted the Mayer House and its land and endowment; a further sum of $50,000 for endowment of the House had been received meanwhile from an anonymous donor. The understanding was that the property might be sold if a tax-exempt status could not be secured or if another charitable or educational organization could not be found to rent the part of the House not needed by the School. The tax-exempt status was obtained, and the Trustees took possession of the House. It now serves as a meeting place for the Trustees and the Managing Committee and their smaller sub-committees, as headquarters of the Trustees, as repository for records of both Trustees and Managing Committee, for duplicates of vital records of the School kept in Athens, and for duplicates of excavation records. It has not been necessary as yet (1980) to move the Publications Office. The Trustees maintain the House and arrange for its resident caretakers and secretary. Income and expense are kept in balance, and no charges are made for it in the budget of the School.

Richard Howland had the fortune to preside over the Managing Committee through one of the most difficult decades of its history. He brought to the challenge first of all a deep devotion to the School and a willingness to give of his time and energy unstintingly. He kept in close face-to-face touch with the School and its personnel in Greece by frequent visits and often joined them in conferences with Greek archaeological authorities. In the United States he struggled valiantly to give everyone associated with the School in any way a voice in its affairs; he was the impartial chairman who heard all petitions and who gradually, as legislation changed regulations, had to adjust to a situation in which Committees took over more and more of the responsibilities for action which had previously always been shouldered by the Chairman. Such a transition is not easy for anyone under any circumstances. That it took place without more disruption than did occur is a high tribute to Howland’s conciliatory powers and his widespread sympathy for all concerned. He was a tireless worker for many of the particular needs of the School. Especially of concern to him was provision for a permanent headquarters of the School in the United States; he played a significant role in the acquisition of Mayer House for that purpose. Like his predecessors he recognized clearly the financial situation of the School and kept it firmly before the Trustees.

Chapter V: The Chairmanship of Mabel Louise Lang, 1975–1980

When Mabel Louise Lang (Pl. 10, f) of Bryn Mawr College was elected Chairman of the Managing Committee on May 10, 1975, at the first meeting of the Committee held in Mayer House, Henry S. Robinson of Case Western Reserve University was elected Vice Chairman and William F. Wyatt, Jr. of Brown University, Secretary, all for five-year terms from July 1, 1975. William H. Willis of Duke University replaced Robinson as Vice Chairman for 1978–1980. They accepted a hard challenge with the financial situation critical as it was.

Greece

These officers of the Managing Committee, new as they were in their respective posts, were far from new or strange to the School, especially Mabel Lang who had been a Fellow at the School in 1947-48, had spent part of the summer in Athens for many recent years, and had served as Chairman of the Committee on Admissions; she was closely in touch with the personnel of the School and with conditions of living in Greece. For the two remaining years of McCredie’s directorship she and he worked closely, harmoniously and effectively to salvage all that was possible of the programs and activities of the School which had been revived after World War II and augmented in the intervening 30 years. There was little change in these programs for the regular first-year students (20 in 1975-76, the largest ever) from those of the earlier years except in personnel; the position of Professor of Archaeology was taken up in 1976 by Colin N. Edmonson replacing C. W. J. Eliot, and Francis R. Walton retired as Director of the Gennadius Library. The fall trips continued a policy recently initiated by McCredie of having numerous guest lecturers on sites of their specialties, notably Greek or foreign excavators. On his final trip to Acarnania and Epirus, added to the 1975-76 year in spring 1976, Professor Eliot included the Gulf of Arta, Parga and Corfu instead of Metsova and Meteora. The winter sessions included more and more volunteer lecturers in the museums, scholars offering guidance in their special fields, and the epigraphical discussion group reached out to include members of the British and French Schools and the staff of the Epigraphical Museum. Instruction in modern Greek was arranged at the School for those interested; this had been done occasionally in the past. In 1975-76 John L. Caskey as Visiting Professor worked with the students on Bronze Age problems, particularly Early Helladic, with much lively debate, and Harry Levy’s seminar in the second term on Plutarch, Lucian, Claudian: Their Attitudes toward Rome followed Helen North’s on Political and Individual Values in Archaic Greek Poetry in December. In 1976-77 this sharing of a Visiting Professorship was carried still further: there was no Visiting Professor for the entire year; both positions were divided between two scholars. The result was still greater variety added to the fare offered the students, but no one of the four professors could offer any extended direction and the experiment was not entirely successful. In the first semester Douglas Feaver gave Greek Music and a read-through of Euripides Ion, Peter von Blanckenhagen a discussion of the representational decoration of the Parthenon and views of classical art in the writings of Xenophon, Plato and some later authors; in the second term W. K. Pritchett gave Topography of Herodotean Battlefields and A. E. Raubitschek Athenian Historical Inscriptions. The many other “courses” offered in the previous few years by senior scholars registered at the School continued, varying each year. The Open Meeting of 1976 included John L. Caskey on the progress and results of the excavations on Keos along with McCredie’s summary of American Excavations in 1976, and in 1977 Colin Edmonson gave that review while McCredie discussed results of recent work on Samothrace. The President of the Republic of Greece and Mrs. Tsatsos continued to attend these meetings.

James McCredie’s loyal devotion to the purposes and programs of the School directed it to peaks of achievement and international respect, led by his own example. Miss Lang’s tribute read to the Managing Committee when he completed his Directorship should be recorded, at least in part: “devoted director, active excavator, polished and principled diplomat, genial host tireless teacher and proficient professor, master of budgets, understanding counsellor, efficient administrator, serious scholar, creative innovator, effective housekeeper” to which should be added his light but firm touch and saving sense of humor as part of his sense of proportion no matter how tough the going or how bleak the financial scene.

When Henry R. Immerwahr (Pl. 12, g) of the University of North Carolina succeeded McCredie in July 1977, he was newer to the problems, but as former Chairman of the Committee on Admissions he was familiar with the aims and desires, the training and the potential of the students, and he, like James McCredie and Mabel Lang, saw the regular students’ program as the core of the School.

In his first report Professor Immerwahr listed the responsibilities of the School, as he saw them, as four: (1) to teach both winter and summer students in “their first scholarly experience in Greece,” (2) “to further knowledge in our field by excavation and the study of original material,” (3) to assist advanced students in their research, (4) “to maintain a reputation in the United States, in Greece, and internationally.” Although No. 1 was fulfilled by the general program that had been followed throughout most of the School’s history, some changes were made. The trips were planned and conducted mostly by the Professor of Classical Studies Colin Edmonson. In 1977 part of the northern trip, which was discontinued as such, was added to the Central Greece trip, and a highly successful trip to Crete was added, conducted by Professor Edmonson, the Director’s wife Sara Immerwahr, and Professor Geraldine Gesell, one of the Research Fellows at the School that year. The Peloponnesian and Argolid-Corinthia trips remained as usual. In 1978 and 1979 Professor Edmonson conducted three of the regular four fall trips with the addition noted above (p. 121) of numerous foreign excavators and members of the Greek Archaeological Service as guest lecturers on their sites or museums. Timothy Gregory, Kress Professor of Hellenic Studies, accompanied all the trips in 1979 and lectured on the Byzantine and later monuments. Charles Williams, Field Director at Corinth, regularly conducted the Argolid and Corinth trips; in 1978 the Corinthia was visited in the winter term so that more time could be made in the fall term for preparation for the trips; in 1979 Corinth was the first trip. A special additional and optional trip to Turkey in spring 1978 was arranged and led by the Visiting Professor Frederick E. Winter; this formed a splendid climax to the course in Hellenistic architecture Winter had offered during the winter term. In spring 1979 the Secretary of the School Halford Haskell led a trip to Aigina, Poros and Troizen. The other Visiting Professor in 1977-78, Robert Connor, read Thucydides VI and VII with the students; 1978-79: Charles Beye read Apollonios’ Argonautika, and in the fall James Wiseman led informal discussions of field methods, followed in the second term by William A. McDonald on Materials Research in Archaeology; 1979-80: Mortimer Chambers offered the Athenian Constitution, and Elizabeth Gummey Pemberton held sessions in the museums and gave a course in late 5th-century sculpture. The traditional Topography of Athens and Sites of Attica courses were conducted by Professor Edmonson assisted by several of the Senior Fellows in residence while he was in the United States in January 1979. The other winter courses offered by various Senior Fellows as in recent years continued to give a rich diet, perhaps too full a program the Director felt, although many students expressed appreciation of the range of possiblities. In both years Director Immerwahr gave seminars on epigraphy, and Sara Immerwahr organized sessions in the museums. The Kress Professors of Hellenic Studies (see below, p. 128) offered seminars, in 1978-79 Angelike Laiou on Byzantium and the West, in 1979-80 Timothy Gregory on the end of classical culture. In order to cut down the size of each of these courses and also to give the students more time to work on what they do, in 1978-79 there were two topography sessions, one required, and students were allowed to take only two optional units beyond one topography session and the sites of Attica. This restriction of the work a student might undertake under direction represented a new principle in the School’s program. Some alumni felt it an unfortunate trend toward changing the traditional and highly valued independence and research character of the School into the rigidity of an American university. The Director felt strongly, however, that members should be prevented from spreading themselves too thin; in 1979-80 he was satisfied that he had succeeded in keeping them from overloading their days.

The number of regular first-year students ranged between 15 and 18 including six School Fellows, but the Associate Members continued to increase, to 52 plus 7 second- or more-year School Fellows in 1978-79. Twenty-two Senior Research Fellows swelled the total complement (without staff) to the record nearly one hundred members. In 1979-80 the student Associate Members were down to 33, but with 28 senior Associate Members the total was still very high. This would have delighted the Trustees of some years earlier who were so eager for the School to serve more American classical students. The effects, however, of such a number using the facilities of the School upon those facilities and the services and the attention of the staff were bound to be felt; inevitably more regulations became advisable.

The Open Meeting in 1978 attended by the President of Greece and Mrs. Tsatsos included the report on excavations of the School in 1977 by Professor Edmonson and Art and Literacy in Archaic Athens by Director Immerwahr; in 1979 after Edmonson’s report on 1978 excavations, Visiting Professor James Wiseman gave Interdisciplinary Archaeology at Stobi, a City of Ancient Macedonia. In 1980 Charles Williams reported on the School’s excavations in 1979 and Joseph Shaw on those at Kommos.

In the Library the new card catalogue, so many years in preparation, was ready for use by the first Summer Sesion in 1974, after which its great inclusiveness added tremendously to the convenience of the Library. The topographical bibliography was brought up to date in 1976-77, and arrangements were made to keep it up to date as new acquisitions arrive. The Library continued to be heavily used by friends as well as members of the School; more than fifty cards were issued to persons other than those admitted without cards, namely members of the Archaeological Service, other foreign archaeological schools, and Greek university faculties. By 1976 the Librarian, Nancy Winter, was considering means of alleviating the crowded conditions caused by the number of books as well as of readers; the books are essential to the School’s work and most of the readers are members of the School. The 1959 Davis Wing was already in need of more space even though the number of new acquisitions had begun to decrease because of the inflationary high cost of volumes. One welcome assistance to the Library came in 1975 with the establishment of a fund in memory of George Carpenter Miles for the purchase of books on numismatics and Near Eastern studies; some fifty books were acquired from this fund in 1978-79.

Many gifts are received each year, both by standing exchanges which number about 150 to 200 and by gifts from individuals, alumni or other users of the Library or organizations; over a hundred volumes from the library of William Bell Dinsmoor, Sr. were given in 1978-79 by Mr. and Mrs. William Bell Dinsmoor, Jr. With prices of essential books rising so rapidly it was particularly distressing that an increasing amount (25% of the budget in 1978-79) was going to rebinding (also rising in cost), far beyond that previously normal, due to the damage inflicted by the ever increasing use of the photocopying machine. A gift of the Alumni Association in 1977 of a microfiche reader now permits purchase of inexpensive microfiche reproductions of books too expensive to buy, and the 1978 Alumni gift of $1,000 went toward a new photocopying machine designed to do less harm to the bindings.

The Librarian works in close collaboration with the librarians of the other foreign schools; they discuss and agree upon which of the somewhat peripheral fields each should emphasize and the others not, so that all may save. Much discussion among the School staff went into the problems of reorganizing existing space in the Library as well as possible new construction when funds are available. While Miss Winter was on leave from January 1 to June 1, 1978, Demetra Andritsaki-Photiades, Assistant Librarian, was in charge and was assisted by Helen Townsend.

While the academic activities of the School were thus flourishing, the financial state and effect on the physical and social aspects of the organization were deteriorating rapidly. Painting and repairs had been put off, but by summer 1978 the outside of the Main Building was being painted, partly financed by a gift, and the inside of the Gennadeion West House was done. The mandatory pay-raises of Greek personnel (amounting to between 20% and 25% in 1977-78, 20% in 1980) added to the large deficits in the budgets of recent years meant drastic cuts in 1978-79. Meals in Loring Hall were curtailed to breakfast Monday through Saturday, lunch on Saturday only, and dinner Monday through Friday, and services in the Main Building and professorial houses were cut hard. Even the charging of fees and tuitions (see below, pp. 130-131), although helping materially, could not balance the budget.

At the May meeting of the Managing Committee in 1980 the Director reported plans for remodeling the Main Building to give more space to the Library and to cut expenses of the Director’s quarters. “The plan calls for the library stacks to go into the first floor of the Davis Wing, library offices to occupy the present saloni and seminar room, School offices to go into the Director’s quarters, and the Director to move into Gennadeion West House.” The physical School of its first century, beloved by the hundreds of members to whom it meant so much, will in large part be gone. This will happen when funds are available, for the Trustees in May 1980 voted to approve the plan in principle but only to proceed when funds are in hand.

Another of those happy occasions on which members of the School have, through the century, been honored by scholarly organizations in Greece occurred on June 10, 1980 when Homer Armstrong Thompson was inducted as a member of the Academy of Athens, a most fitting tribute as the School neared its century mark.

U.S.A.

The Managing Committee concerned itself during these five years chiefly with regulations and procedures, with the organization and program of the School, and in the latter part of the time with measures to meet the critical financial state.

The ad hoc committee to consider policy and program of the School which Richard Howland had appointed with Mabel Lang as Chairman worked hard through 1975 to 1977, with Henry Robinson replacing Miss Lang when she became Chairman of the Managing Committee. The preliminary report presented in May 1976 restated the aims and general purposes of the School as those which have obtained throughout the century since its founding. Some of the specific recommendations were for details of program that had long been part of the School’s activities but had in some cases lapsed in more recent years. Looked at from the perspective of the century, there was little if anything recommended of fundamental policy which would make for radical change in the academic program. This was a strong reaffirmation of the usefulness of the School throughout its history in the classical world and its success in fulfilling its purposes. Two particularly moot matters of policy were referred to the full Managing Committee, first for advice by questionnaire and then as a result for action. The Managing Committee voted in December 1976 to retain the requirements of (1) a knowledge of Ancient Greek for regular first-year members and (2) competitive written examinations for School Fellowships. The full report of the Committee was received in May 1977 and put on file.

If the general purposes and the fundamentals of the academic program of the School were still considered valid to the Managing Committee of the late 70’s, it was quite other with matters of procedure. The Managing Committee examined, discussed (often at length and not seldom with some heat) and took action to legislate and regulate methods and terms of appointment and details of activities of the officers and committees of the School and Managing Committee. The greatly increased size and complexity of both naturally had led to some misunderstandings under the almost century-old more informal and independent procedures of a private organization, but it was probably not only the change in size which determined the change in attitude of members of the Managing Committee. By now the whole voting membership were members of academic institutions (many of them state controlled) in which the growing rigidity of regulation and complexity of administration were facts of life, and they could not envisage an academic organization which did not operate under similar procedural regulations. Their preference was that what had been a small, private, very informal and independent research center should now be brought into line with large regular undergraduate and graduate institutions in the United States. Some of the actions are noted here:

Beginning in 1975 positions in the staff of the School and officers of the Managing Committee were advertised and applications solicited. This entailed of course “job description”. This changed fundamentally the process of selection which had previously been initiated by the Personnel Committee; no one had ever sought a position in the School (except the Visiting Professor); he had been sought. Further, his duties and responsibilities being less precisely defined, he had been prepared to serve wherever, whenever and as ever need arose with no thought of limitations.

When the most welcome grant of $500,000 from the Mellon Foundation in fall 1975 endowed the funds for an Andrew W. Mellon Professor of Classical Studies, the School rejoiced that a resident Professor could now be assured, with adequate salary and other necessary perquisites. Although the intent had been that this appointment would be an addition to the Professor of Archaeology, providing a larger teaching staff, the financial state of the School meant that for the time being this would be The Professor. Since Colin Edmonson had in May 1975 been appointed Professor of Archaeology for 1976–1979, he was in December 1975 named the Andrew W. Mellon Professor of Classical Studies, and after some difference of opinion between committees (clashes between the Personnel and the Executive Committees were not unheard of in this period), in May 1976 the Managing Committee voted that the Professor of Classical Studies should be appointed for three years, with the possibility of reappointments but not tenure. Professor Edmonson was reappointed for 1979–1982. The Regulations were changed in May 1976 to include among the officers of the School a Professor of Classical Studies and to give that officer precedence over a Professor of Archaeology in that he first takes over the duties of the Director in the Director’s absence.

The position of Secretary of the School was considered in December 1975, and although advertising for the position was required, the value to the School of selection by the Director as had been the previous practice was recognized; a limit of two one-year appointments was set.

At the same meeting the very serious personnel problem concerning the Gennadeion had to be faced. Funds were not available to offer the Directorship of the Gennadeion Library to either of the candidates recommended to take office when Francis Walton retired on December 31, 1976. Professor Walton was therefore asked to serve as consultant with his housing continued from January 1 to June 30, 1977, and Sophie Papageorgiou who had been Assistant Librarian was appointed Acting Librarian for 1976-77. For 1977 78 Mrs. Papageorgiou continued as Acting Librarian assisted in the acquisition of books in the Byzantine field by a Visiting Professor (equivalent to the two Visiting Professors regularly at the School), Thomas F. Noonan. At the December 1977 meeting of the Managing Committee a gift from the Kress Foundation was announced, $45,000 to be used for a Samuel H. Kress Foundation Professor of Hellenic Studies in the Gennadeion for three years. This research scholar was to assist the Acting Librarian Mrs. Papageorgiou in the administration of the Library. The first holder of this appointment, in 1978-79, was Professor Angelike E. Laiou of Rutgers the State University of New Jersey, followed by Timothy Gregory of the Ohio State University in 1979-80 and in 1980-81. It was hoped that by the expiration of the grant in 1981 the financial picture of the School would be clearer so that it would be possible to decide what kind of position should be established for the future administration of the Gennadeion and that funds would be available to implement the decision (see below, pp. 235-236). In May 1980 Mrs. Papageorgiou was elected Librarian of the Gennadeion.

The Managing Committee was also reviewing the Directorship of the whole School and in December 1976 voted to define the term of the Director as five years and confirm once more a three-year term for the Professor of Classical Studies, both with the possibility of renewal but no possibility of tenure. The Committee went on in May 1977 to specify that the Director’s performance should be reviewed in the fourth year of his term, and then without advertising he may be nominated by the Executive Committee for reappointment, indefinitely renewable but without tenure. It also made the term of Field Directors of the School’s excavations five years with the provision that these officers may be reappointed without limit to the number of terms after consultation of the Executive and Excavation Committees and of the Director of the School with the incumbent and without advertising if all these persons are in agreement to continue the appointment. Secretaries and Assistants in the excavations shall be advertised but shall be selected by the Field Directors and recommended to the Executive Committee; they serve at the pleasure of the Field Director.

The matter of Cooperating Institutions also received attention. It was recognized that there are geographical areas where a number of smaller private institutions with very limited funds have a keen interest in supporting the School but are unable to raise the annual contribution alone. It was therefore voted in December 1975 to “allow consortial memberships on the basis of multiples of two institutions, each institution to pay one-half the regular membership and to have one representative on the Managing Committee: each pair of consortial members to have one vote.”

As the need to raise more funds became more critical, discussion arose again and again in the Managing Committee about raising the regular contribution of the Cooperating Institutions. Each time there was the same strong division of opinion between those members whose institutions had long been contributing who were sure a raise would drop them from the rolls and those who believed both their own and other institutions would recognize the demands of inflation and rise to the needs of the School. No action was taken.

By May 1976 the budgetary situation had made the Managing Committee feel they must investigate the various aspects of the School’s activities not in regard to present ideal policies and program as the ad hoc committee had reported upon at that meeting, but rather in terms of priorities for the future. It was therefore voted to authorize the Chairman to appoint a Committee on Priorities. This Committee, chaired by Alan L. Boegehold and including the President and Secretary of the Board of Trustees and four members of the Managing Committee beside the Chairman, began work by circulating an extensive and searching questionnaire to all alumni of the School. This offered the alumni (about one half of them availed themselves of it) an opportunity to let be known which aspects and details of the program and life at the School had meant something in their careers and lives generally. The replies guided the Committee along with their own deliberations in formulating the Provisional Report presented at the May 1977 meeting. In general it recommended as not to be eliminated all the regular educational programs, the present level of maintenance of the School excavation sites and research facilities, the excavation at Corinth, the Summer Session, Loring Hall as it then was, Fellowships, Blegen Library, publications, and it suggested studies of means to re-use existing space and facilities more efficiently and of means of special funding for some particular departments of the School’s activities, especially the Gennadeion. The Managing Committee debated a number of items in the report, and it was clear that not all the membership was in agreement with the recommendations. Some felt they did not always reflect accurately the results of the questionnaire or the opinions of the Managing Committee. It was voted “to receive the preliminary report of the Priorities Committee while drawing the attention of that Committee to the Managing Committee’s expressed concern for the Agora and Loring Hall or its equivalent”; it was explained that the intent of the motion was to receive but not implement the recommendations of the report. In May 1978 a final report was presented, and it was voted that it “be received with thanks, spread upon the record, and taken under advisement by those responsible for the management of the School.”

It was at this May 1978 meeting that the Managing Committee took a momentous step in changing one of the fundamental policies of the School. Forced by the deficit in the budget increasing each year to find extra funds for even a curtailed program, it considered making charges to all those who use the School’s facilities, regular first-year members, Associate Members, Research Fellows, and excavations. Fees for Regular and Associate Members were fixed at $1,000, one half of this for graduates and graduate students of Cooperating Institutions. Visiting scholars are to pay $500, members of the faculties of Cooperating Institutions one half; the fee is waived for emeritus members of the Managing Committee. All fees may be pro-rated for periods less than an academic year to a minimum of $50 (or $25). Users of School facilities during the summer are to be charged $25 for a month or less, $50 for a longer period. Members of the Summer Session will have the $50 included in their over-all fee of $1,050. (The Executive Committee had already voted in December 1973 that a fee of $50 per semester or summer term be made for those readers in the Library who are not members of any archaeological school or Greek archaeological service or university.) The fees for summer visitors were to begin in 1978, for Summer Session in 1979 and Regular and Associate Members June 15, 1979. How charges to excavations should be determined caused lengthy debate. These charges cover the individual fees for all staff members of the excavation for the duration of the project. It was finally voted that (1) excavations with funds administered directly by the School should be charged an amount to be determined by the Executive Committee not less than 20% of those funds, (2) of those with funds administered independently of the School, holders of School excavation permits should be charged $1,000, research projects involving three or more investigators an amount appropriate to the size and nature of the project, to be determined by the Director of the School in consultation with the Chairman of the Managing Committee; smaller projects are covered by individual School fees. Since discussion had brought out some uncertainty as to what services are provided by the School to excavations and research projects, it was voted that the Executive Committee in consultation with the Director of the School and the Excavation Committee draw up a statement of appropriate basic services. Further fees were instituted at the December 1978 meeting when a medical fee of $15 for students and $25 for staff members (double these sums for families) was legislated. The retirement in 1978 of Dr. Papantoniou and the increased cost to the School of the services of his successor, Dr. Tsannetis, made it impossible for the School in its financial state to provide free medical care for its members as in the past ten years. Prior to 1968 there had been no such service; members had been entirely on their own in seeking and paying for medical care. The new fees were designed to cover about half the retainer fee of the physician, the other half to be borne by the School. In February 1966 hospitalization coverage for members of the staff had been arranged and paid for by the School.

Another economy measure was taken in December 1978 when it was recognized that it might be impossible to continue the annual Visiting Professorship, at least with the then existing perquisites. It was decided to postpone until at least May 1980 the selection of Visiting Professors for 1982-83. Persons had already been appointed through 1981-82. In May 1980 appointments were resumed.

On May 10, 1980 the Managing Committee approved a complete revision of the Regulations which incorporated changes made in recent years and further changes and additions. Significant innovations included the addition of the President of the Board of Trustees to the membership of the Managing Committee; the provision that members representing Cooperating Institutions should be nominated by their institutions; change of quorum number from 15 to 30; deletion of the provision allowing members of Standing Committees to be re-elected; deletion of a representative of the School on the editorial board of the Journal of the Archaeological Institute of America; deletion of the retirement age of 65 normally and 68 positively; change in membership requirement from “be a graduate student preparing for a professional career in classical studies” to “be a student desiring professional training in classical studies”; redefinition and new naming of categories of membership other than Regular Members, namely, Student Associate, Senior Associate, Visiting Associate; change in requirements for School Fellowships: the John Williams White in Archaeology, the Thomas Day Seymour in History and Literature, the James Rignall Wheeler, the George Henry McFadden and the Heinrich Schliemann were designated as First Year Fellowships with the requirement that the holder “will have completed the requirements for the baccalaureate degree and . . . will not have completed the work for the Ph.D. degree by the time of entry into the School”; deletion of eligibility for re-appointment for the Capps Fellow; change from “Gennadeion” to “Gennadeion-Dumbarton Oaks” Fellowship awarded on the recommendation of the Committee on the Gennadius Library in conjunction with the Senior Fellows of the Center for Byzantine Studies; and detailed regulations concerning excavations, the Committee on Excavations, and excavations to be sponsored by but not conducted by the School.

Even though the Regulations were passed including the provision for holding the annual meeting in New York as it had been for 98 years, objections were raised to New York as the location. It was voted “to direct the Executive Committee to arrange the May 1981 meeting in a location more central in respect of supporting institutions, providing such a move entails no added expense.” A mail poll of the Managing Committee revealed an overwhelming preference to keep the meeting in New York, so no change was made.

The membership of the Managing Committee was increased markedly in these years not only through the addition of eleven new Cooperating Institutions and by the action of the Committee to include further ex officio active and emeritus members of the staff of the School (to those elected in December 1972, above, p. 110, were added in December 1975 the Editor Emeritus and Professors of Archaeology Emeriti and in December 1978 the Librarian of the Blegen Library) but also by further retirements and changing of institutions which meant new members for many institutions. In some cases members becoming emeriti preferred to resign from the Committee, but most of those who had long been active in the interests of the School were eager to continue to be informed, even though they could no longer be active, and retained their memberships. The 1979-80 roster numbered a record 225 representing 125 Cooperating Institutions, sister organizations, and School staff. In 1939 there had been 82 members and 24 Cooperating Institutions; in 1882 twelve men (nine professors and three businessmen) constituted the original Managing Committee representing nine colleges. Between 54 and 67 of these 225 members attended the Annual Meetings in May between 1975 and 1979, a larger number, from 57 to 99, depending on the location, the Christmas meetings. Mayer House, with its gracious elegance, first used in May 1975, continued to serve as the meeting place for the May meetings, replacing the Century Club from 1968–1974 and before that the Seth Low Library of Columbia University which had been host to the Managing Committee through 1967. The luncheons at the Men’s Faculty Club of Columbia (and later at the Century) at the close of or between two sessions of the meeting were throughout those many years a treasured opportunity for members of the Committee to meet informally and receive less formal reports of the School complete with the photographs of current activity always so welcome. Already in 1974 the amenity of lunch had to be foregone, and those who know only the scramble for a hamburger on Lexington Avenue between sessions at Mayer House find it hard to envisage the older dispensation in which the School, never affluent, could nevertheless offer lunch as a slight token of appreciation to its Managing Committee members who had come, many of them great distances, sua pecunia, to assist in the conduct of the School’s affairs.

The subcommittees of the Managing Committee continued their devoted effort for the School. The Committee on Admissions and Fellowships, after the studies of the ad hoc Committee on Policy and Program brought criticism of the character of the qualifying and fellowship examinations, restudied the problem and presented a report in May 1977. Some of the points made were: The following year the Committee planned to set the examinations as a Committee incorporating questions solicited from a large number of members of the Managing Committee instead of asking one member to set the examination. The qualifying examination for admission is a single paper “made up of bits of the fellowship examination with wide choice.” “The Greek examination will include passages better suited to archaeologists”; “the History examination will include optional questions on Near Eastern history” and if possible on social and economic history; the Archaeology examination will include questions on the technical aspects and recent developments. Examinations are not “passed” or “failed” but ranked and adjusted with other criteria in deciding upon admission or fellowships. The new Hirsch Fellowship (see above, pp. 114, 118) was awarded for the first time in 1975-76. Conditions governing it were studied and recommended to the full Managing Committee who voted in May 1976 that “the Hirsch Fellowship be awarded annually to a student writing his dissertation or to a recent Ph.D. to complete a project, such as a dissertation for publication. The field is to be Pre-Classical, Classical and Post-Classical archaeology and the project must require substantial residence in Greece with Associate Membership in the School. Examinations will not be required. The amount is to be $5,000, graduated according to need and qualification.” In 1979 the Jessie Ball duPont Foundation awarded the School a Special Research Fellowship for 1980-81, and on May 12, 1979 the Managing Committee approved the establishment of a joint Gennadeion-Dumbarton Oaks Fellowship (see below, p. 238).

The Committee on Personnel continued to be responsible for nominating to the Managing Committee candidates for officers of the School and members of the Managing Committee. The new policy was to advertise at least a year in advance the positions to be filled, complete with descriptions of the positions, and to invite applications and nominations from any member of the Managing Committee. The Committee also concerned itself with the question of terms of office for the School staff and made recommendations to the Executive Committee; the two Committees did not always see eye to eye either in the matter of personnel or of length of term, and in more than one case the recommendation of the Personnel Committee was overridden by the Executive Committee, sometimes to the confusion of the Managing Committee as a whole. This was something quite new in the history of the School. The first major appointment the Personnel Committee had to make in these years was that of Professor of Archaeology to succeed C. W. J. Eliot who had resigned his reappointment; Colin N. Edmonson of the University of Washington was selected to succeed him (see above, p. 128). The other important appointment of this five-year period was that of a new Director of the School. Henry Immerwahr of the University of North Carolina was elected on May 8, 1976 for a five-year term beginning July 1, 1977.

The Committee on Excavations was appointed first in 1961 to assist the Director in decisions about the allocation of School permits to excavate (above, pp. 89-90); Professors Blegen, Broneer and Thompson were the original members. By 1976 the members included Professors Broneer, Shear, Thompson, Vanderpool and Field Director Williams, plus Mabel Lang and James R. McCredie ex officiis. The constitution and responsibilities of this Committee were considered by the ad hoc Committee on Policy and Program, and recommendations were made which were further elaborated by the Managing Committee in May 1976. The membership was defined as the Director (or in his absence the Professor of Classical Studies), the Professor of Archaeology, the Field Directors of the Athenian Agora and Corinth Excavations, plus three (later four) persons to be named by the Chairman of the Managing Committee; of the last four one should be a historian and the other three should have served as field directors of excavations, and at least one of them should be a pre-historian; later it was voted that one of the four should be a philologist. These four are to serve for four-year terms. Duties of the Committee were extended beyond allocation of permits to a general supervisory function; they should visit the excavations, make themselves available for advice at all times, make suggestions where appropriate and encourage use of scientific resources where appropriate and reporting of results to School personnel. The first membership of this new Committee named in 1977 included Henry Immerwahr, Chairman, Colin Edmonson, T. Leslie Shear, Jr., Charles K. Williams, II, James R. McCredie, Homer A. Thompson, Alan L. Boegehold, Thomas W. Jacobsen.

One more ad hoc committee was active in these years. At the request of the Trustees a joint Committee was appointed at the May 1977 meeting to consider suitable means of celebrating the Centennial of the School which falls in 1981. The Publications Committee had already in fall 1973 decided to publish a history of the School from the time Professor Lord’s volume on the History of the School stops up to the time of going to press, timed to be ready for the Centennial. Lucy Shoe Meritt, Editor Emeritus, was asked to prepare the volume. The Centennial Committee, chaired by Harry Levy, consisted of eight members of the Managing Committee and two trustees, Charles Morgan and Richard Howland. At its first meeting decision was taken to mount a drive among alumni for $100,000 toward the Endowment for the School the Trustees had undertaken to raise.

Not only was the one hundred thousand appropriate for one hundred years of life but one hundred thousand dollars was the total original endowment decided upon as necessary when the School was founded in 1881; actually that sum was not reached until 1903. A fresh $100,000 from the Alumni seemed a suitable contribution to the far greater need in 1981. No more appropriate means of marking the appreciation by its former members of the School’s century of achievement could be undertaken than such assistance to the dwindling financial resources to help bolster the beginning of the second century. By fall 1980 two thirds of the goal had been subscribed, and on March 21, 1981 the final sum of the fund was $122,522. As for any activity or ceremony to mark the centennial, it was agreed that a ceremony of two or three days in Athens, centered in the School’s property in June 1981, was most appropriate. Possible academic and/or social gatherings sponsored by alumni groups in various parts of the United States during the centennial year 1981-82 were also to be encouraged.

The Trustees on November 17, 1975 elected a new Chairman of the Board, William Kelly Simpson, and Frederick C. Crawford became Chairman Emeritus; Elizabeth Whitehead succeeded Mr. Simpson as President. At the same time two new regular members were elected, Richard Hubbard Howland in his own right and William T. Loomis, and honoris causa Miss Clara Woolie Mayer. In 1976 Philip Hofer was elected trustee emeritus as were John Nicholas Brown and Nathanael V. Davis in 1977 and John Dane, Jr. in 1979. Further new members were added: David W. Packard in 1976, Lloyd E. Cotsen in 1977, Robert O. Anderson, Doreen Canaday Spitzer, and Elizabeth R. Gebhard in 1978 and J. Richardson Dilworth and Hunter Lewis in 1980. On November 10, 1978 the Trustees changed their by-laws to give members a definite term of office of five years. Of the twenty-five members in 1980, three were emeriti, one honorary and one ex officio; the twenty active members included six alumni and only eight who had served more than ten years. It was a new, largely young board with a mountain of financial problems to surmount, as staggering as that which the original Board of eleven members faced in 1886. In November 1979 William T. Loomis replaced John Dane, Jr. as Secretary, and in May 1980 J. Richardson Dilworth took over as Treasurer from John J. McCloy, who had served with such distinction and dedication for 25 years, the longest service as Treasurer in the Board’s history. The School was not to lose his great experience, wise counsel and devotion, however, for he remained an active member of the Board.

At the May 1980 meeting the Trustees voted to change the principal office of the Trustees in Massachusetts (as a Massachusetts corporation there must be an office in Massachusetts even though the headquarters of the School in the United States are in New York) to the care of William T. Loomis, Room 2400, 225 Franklin Street, Boston.

A generous and timely gift was accepted with gratitude in November 1975 to aid the publications of the School, $50,000 to be used as a revolving fund for the publications of the Corinth excavations (see below, p. 270). The death in 1976 of the long-term president of the Board, Ward M. Canaday, prompted an offer of $25,000 from his daughter, Doreen Canaday Spitzer, on May 19, 1976 “provided a matching sum is secured in the current fiscal year.” Since the end of the year was so near, the time was extended to the end of the calendar year; by November 29 the challenge was met, by other Trustees and others, with more than matching funds so the Ward M. Canaday Memorial Fund for general purposes amounted to more than $50,000 on that date.

During these years the entire bookkeeping system was restructured in order to bring the School’s records into conformity with accepted accounting principles. And in 1979 the School adopted the unit system in order to assure the most equitable means of allocating investment income. Miss Virginia Sauer, the School’s account manager at Chase Investment Management Corporation, undertook and carried through both these operations efficiently and with meticulous attention to detail. Miss Sauer took over the School’s accounts in 1977 when Mrs. Edna Deegan retired after long years of caring service.

A ruling exempting Mayer House from New York City real-estate taxes was received in 1976 and a $9,000 refund made, but certain repairs were required before a certificate of occupancy could be obtained to allow the institutional use of the building. Funding for those repairs and preservation of the fabric was obtained by a grant of $50,000 from the Arthur Vining Davis Foundation; these were carried out in 1976 by the Trustees whose responsibility Mayer House is. In June 1977 Alan Shapiro was appointed Registrar of Mayer House, continuing until 1980 when the position was merged with that of Administrative Assistant for Resources (see below, p. 138). The income and expenses are being kept in balance.

The budget of the School, on the other hand, was running a serious deficit year after year, thanks to the constantly spiraling inflation in Greece, and that drive for much more endowment which each Chairman of the Managing Committee since the close of World War II had urged upon the Trustees had now become a matter of the life and death of the School. In June 1977 the President of the Board was authorized to appoint a committee to investigate the whole subject of fund raising. Various projects were then initiated. One, in the category of publicity, served both to keep alumni informed of the School’s manifold activities and to inform and, it was hoped, to interest others in the School with the further hope that their financial backing might thus be encouraged. This was a printed Newsletter, edited and published by the President of the Board, Elizabeth Whitehead, put out twice a year beginning in fall 1977 and financed by a special gift for the purpose. In its six (Fall 1977) to sixteen (Spring 1979 and following) well-illustrated pages were included items of current interest from all departments of the School, including reports on the Centennial Fund and a plea for support. It is too soon (1980) to judge how much contribution to School Funds this has generated, but it has brought the School to the attention of many potential new friends and has renewed alumni concern. Another bid for funds on a large scale came with the filing of application in fall 1978 for a Challenge Grant from the National Endowment for the Humanities for the years up to the Centennial in 1981. This was granted in late 1979 and would bring one dollar of Federal Funds to match every three raised otherwise. Other requests for support from large foundations were also under consideration. The drive by the Centennial Committee of the Managing Committee to raise $100,000 from the alumni had been launched in May 1977 (see above, pp. 135-136). In 1979 the Trustees voted to undertake a Centennial Fund Drive to raise a new endowment and capital funds. The Arthur Vining Davis Foundation continued the active support Mr. Davis had given while he was alive (see above, pp. 27, 64-67, 73, 93, 183) by awarding the School $50,000 to aid in fund-raising. An Administrative Assistant for Resources, Melinda Locher, began work for the capital campaign from her office in Mayer House. On September 2, 1980 Gary Farmer succeeded her as Development Administrator. In 1980 the Trustees voted the amount of the Centennial Fund Drive to which they committed themselves as six million dollars. By late 1981 some one third of the goal had been reached.

There were deaths in these five years which deprived the School of men who had served it with outstanding dedication over many years. On February 26, 1976 Ward M. Canaday died after serving as a Trustee since 1937. As President of the Board 1950–1964, Chairman 1964–1971, and Chairman Emeritus 1971–1976 he had not only led the Board longer than any other in its history but he had been one of the most active and most directly concerned with the business of the School, devoted to its interests and to fostering its activities, and generous of his own time and energies on its behalf (notably to the Athenian Agora Excavations) throughout that long tenure (see pp. 48-49, 64, 183, 186). Another Trustee, with the longest tenure in the Board’s history, John Nicholas Brown, died on October 9, 1979; he had served actively from 1931 to 1978 and as emeritus the final year, always with a keen interest and loyal support, for he was a lover of fine architecture and had an affection for Greece and a strong sense of the significance of its history and its art in our lives today. On February 11, 1978 Alfred Raymond Bellinger died. Fellow of the School in 1925-26, he became a member of the Managing Committee in 1943 and acted as its Chairman from 1960 to 1965 (see above, pp. 83-96). His tireless devotion to the School and his wise and concerned judgment on its problems made a notable contribution to its progress. The death on January 2, 1980 of Rhys Carpenter brought to an end 60 years of membership on the Managing Committee of a man who began his association with the School as a student in 1912. His term as Director of the School in 1927–1932 was one of the most brilliant in the School’s first century for the distinction of his own scholarly achievements, his inspired and effective teaching and guidance of the students, and his diplomatic administration. Unfortunately he was unable to serve again in residence as Director to which post he was once more called in 1946 (see above, pp. 23, 24, 31), but he did fill the position of Annual Professor in 1956-57. His dedication to the ideals and best interests of the School and his personal care for them never wavered even in the later years when he was no longer able to attend meetings of the Managing Committee. His vision, his logical thought and his wisdom were ever at the service of the School and often called upon, always with conspicuous profit for the School and pleasure for the applicant.

It was a real disappointment when Mabel Lang indicated that she would not accept reappointment in 1980 as Chairman of the Managing Committee. She had given unstintingly of her time, and she could not justify more time away from her scholarly commitments. Her term had been one of the most difficult in the century. No Chairman had ever been without financial worries; the School had never had sufficient funds to make use of all its possibilities in classical education. But when the School’s operations were more limited and its membership very much smaller, it was possible, by rigid economy in existing programs and strict refusal to initiate others however desirable they might appear, to live within its income most of the time. Once the operations had expanded and as numbers of members increased astronomically it was another matter to meet inflationary costs. It is not easy to eliminate what has become regular practice or custom or programs and projects whose value is without question. To guide the School through a period of enforced entrenchment which was bound to hurt in many quarters was a thankless task which Miss Lang handled with dauntless courage, strong conviction and firmness tempered with compassion. She gave of herself, her time, her judicial thought and boundless energy to steer a course between the shoals of the Managing Committee and Trustees, and of staff and students. The School will enter its second century in as good a state as it does thanks to her careful and concerned guidance as much as to that of her eight predecessors in the Chairmanship.

The Managing Committee in December 1979 elected as her successor James Robert McCredie of the Institute of Fine Arts, New York University to serve as Chairman of the Managing Committee for 1980 to 1985. Michael H. Jameson of Stanford University was elected Vice Chairman and John H. Kroll of the University of Texas at Austin Secretary, but since he was unable to serve in 1980-81 Keith DeVries of the University of Pennsylvania was elected Acting Secretary in May 1980. Professor McCredie came to his post as second of the Chairmen who had previously acted as Director; he knew the problems and understood all aspects of the School’s activities and personnel as few before him (see above, pp. 102-110, 121-123).

ADDENDUM 1980-81

Since delay in printing prevented the publication of this volume in time for the celebration of the Centennial of the School in June 1981, it is now possible to bring the account up to the full hundred years with the following brief note on the year 1980-81 under the Chairmanship of James R. McCredie.

Greece

Henry Immerwahr continued as Director. Colin Edmonson as Andrew W. Mellon Professor of Classical Studies and some others conducted the regular fall trips and the winter topography courses. Other courses: Plato (Henry Immerwahr), the Neolithic Village in Greece (Thomas W. Jacobsen, Visiting Professor, Jessie Ball duPont Special Research Fellow), Paganism and Christianity in the 4th to 7th centuries (Timothy Gregory, Samuel H. Kress Professor of Hellenic Studies), museum sessions (Sara Immerwahr and other volunteers).

The Centennial Celebration took place from June 17 to 20, 1981. An opening convocation on the 17th in the Gennadeion included greetings from Greek officials, foreign archaeological schools, and the Archaeological Institute of America and a review of “100 Years of the American School” by James McCredie; it was followed by a reception in the School garden for the several hundred American and foreign guests. The next two days were devoted to a symposium on Greek Towns and Cities with 11 papers by alumni (some current or former staff), which were published in Hesperia 50, 1981, and to a visit to the Athenian Agora conducted by the staff of the excavation. On the final day a bus trip was made to visit the museum at Isthmia and the excavations at Corinth under the direction of the staff there. Retiring United States Ambassador and Mrs. McCloskey gave a reception in the garden of their home on the evening of the 18th and paid high tribute to the part the School has played in Greece throughout the century of its life.

The Centennial was also marked by the clearing and further study in May and June of one of the School’s earliest excavations (1888 and 1889), the sanctuary of Dionysos at Ikarion in Attica. William R. Biers and Thomas D. Boyd worked with the full cooperation of Dr. Basileios Petrakos, Ephor of Attica, and the financial support of the Society for the Preservation of the Greek Heritage; the results were published in Hesperia.

U.S.A.

Most significant of the Managing Committee actions were amendments to the Regulations to revise the payments for members and visiting scholars to equalize them (above, pp. 130-131) and to permit mail ballots on matters of substance.

The chief activity of the Trustees was the Centennial Fund Drive which had by June reached about one third of its goal of six million.

Chapter VI: The Summer Session

The use of the personnel and facilities of the School to offer summer instruction to students unable to attend the regular sessions was suggested to the Managing Committee by Harry H. Powers, Founder and President of the Bureau of University Travel, when that organization joined the Cooperating Institutions of the School and he became its representative on the Managing Committee in 1923. He proposed that the Bureau assume all financial responsibility of the session and its publicity, while the School would offer its facilities and appoint as Director one “whose scholastic standing would qualify him to be a member of the School’s staff.” This arrangement was approved by the Managing Committee in 1924, and the first two sessions, 1925 and 1926 with six and two students, respectively, were directed by Walter Miller, University of Missouri representative on the Managing Committee. The third session (1927), in which six students and five part-time members were enrolled, was directed by Benjamin D. Meritt. He conducted the two weeks in Athens in the July 20-August 26 section of the session which had begun in Italy (July 12-20); Oscar Broneer conducted the portions in Italy and shared the sites in Greece outside Athens with Meritt. After the 1928 session directed by Oscar Broneer, the Summer Session lapsed until 1931 when Chairman Capps asked Louis Eleazer Lord to resume the sessions, now managed by the School itself. Tuition and room rents in Loring Hall paid the Director’s salary and other expenses so that the operation paid for itself financially. Lord continued to conduct the sessions for from 12 to 20 students of graduate rank, many of them secondary-school teachers of classics, through the precarious summer of 1939 and revived it in 1948 with 10 students. Both the 1939 and 1948 sessions were feats of major accomplishment in the face of oncoming war and then post-war recovery difficulties of transportation both to and from and in Greece, but they emphasized the eagerness of students to take advantage of a summer of study in Greece when to spend more time is impossible.

The program of the Summer Session, like that of the winter, has varied in some details over the years, but the fundamental plan is essentially that of the regular session, in parvo, as to sites visited and with a less detailed archaeological emphasis. The approach is more generally literary and historical to suit the preparation and needs of a combination of advanced undergraduate students, graduate students, secondary-school teachers, with occasional university instructors also, along with some keenly interested and adequately prepared non-professional laymen. The six-week term includes two in Athens, the others devoted to trips to the major sites of Greece. Students prepare reports but in addition lectures are given by the Director of the Summer Session plus a considerable number of the other staff members of the School and Research Fellows who contribute their special knowledge of material and sites both in Athens and elsewhere.

The sessions of 1948 and 1949, directed by Louis Lord, were, like those he had conducted in 1931–1939, arranged and financed by the School. As Chairman of the Managing Committee at the time, however, Mr. Lord recognized that with the increasing financial uncertainty in the years of post-war inflation it might be advantageous to the School and insure the Summer Session so particularly dear to him if there were to be a renewal of the original arrangement with the Bureau of University Travel which had been entered into when the Summer Session began. Since he had himself just accepted the position of head of the B.U.T., he would be in a position to oversee arrangements and make certain the interests of the School were served. As noted above (p. 42) the Managing Committee voted in May 1949 that beginning with the 1950 session this arrangement should maintain. Mr. Lord would continue to conduct the 1950 session. It proved to be his last. In his final report on that 1950 session he expressed hope that the Summer Session had justified its existence and he felt “that whatever success it has had has been due in a very large measure to the cordial cooperation of others interested in the success of the American School of Classical Studies at Athens.” In the long view it is apparent that the firm establishment of the Summer Session as an integral and significant department of the School’s business was by no means the least of Louis Lord’s contributions to the School.

George E. Mylonas of Washington University, St. Louis was chosen to be Director of the 1951 and 1952 sessions, Robert L. Scranton of Emory University in 1953, Saul S. Weinberg of the University of Missouri in 1954, William E. Gwatkin, Jr. of the University of Missouri in 1955, William B. Dinsmoor of Columbia University in 1956, C. W. J. Eliot, Secretary of the School, in 1957 under the arrangements with the Bureau of University Travel.

By May 1956 questions had arisen among the Managing Committee as to whether the time had not come “to unite the Summer Session more closely with the School’s major activities” and so to strengthen its scholarly aspect. A Committee composed of Richard H. Howland, Chairman, George E. Mylonas and Robert L. Scranton presented a report to the Managing Committee in December 1956, and after revision it was adopted by the Managing Committee in May 1957 to go into effect with the 1958 session. All arrangements were now to be under the supervision of the School, but the B.U.T. would handle announcements. The Director and Assistant Director of the Session were to be nominated by the Committee on Personnel to the Chairman of the Managing Committee who would make the appointments. They were to be paid a stipend plus travel expenses and were to plan the curriculum and trips; members of the School were to be invited to lecture at certain sites; the Secretary of the School was to plan the travel arrangements; admission was to be reviewed and approved by the Committee on Admissions and Fellowships, who would also award scholarships; students were to be charged a fixed sum to cover tuition, board, room and travel during the session, which would remunerate the School for those items plus the Director’s stipend and a portion of the overhead expenses; in short, the session was to be self-sufficient financially.

Since available rooms in Loring Hall would limit to 15 the number of students who could be accepted, there was a conviction that two groups should be tried so as to accommodate more of those eager to attend; this would require a Director and an Assistant Director. One group limited to 15 mature students interested in a graduate program would be conducted by the Director and live in Loring Hall; the other group of comparable size but also possibly larger would have a program of undergraduate level, the trips of which would be conducted by the Assistant Director, would live in appropriate buildings outside the School but have access to the Library and all privileges. It was discovered, however, when Chairman Morgan investigated the housing situation both in Athens and on the trips with Director Caskey that this would be impossible for 1958, so only one session was held, and it was not, in fact, until 1968 that two sessions could be held. By then they had been rethought and were both alike. Meanwhile it became feasible to increase the number in that one session from 17 in 1958 to 21 in 1959.

In the fall of 1959 the Bureau of University Travel notified the School that it could no longer attend to the advertising and various financial angles of the Summer Session. A committee composed of Gertrude Smith, Chairman, George E. Mylonas and C. A. Robinson, Jr. was appointed to recommend what action should now be taken. There was no slackening of applicants in 1960 in spite of the lack of advertising, but in the report of the Committee it was recommended that in future notices should be placed in certain classical journals as well as a brochure circulated. Further recommendations of the Committee were adopted and made the guiding principles of the Summer Session thereafter (see below, pp. 147-150 for later revisions):

1. Purpose. The Session is designed primarily for students and teachers who wish to familiarize themselves with Greece in a limited time, or those who, though conversant with its literature and art, have had no opportunity to see the country, its museums, and the actual sites of its famous cultural and religious centers. The program is designed to afford the members an opportunity to become familiar with the topography and antiquities of Greece and to observe both the manner in which the monuments contribute to the understanding of ancient literature and the method by which ancient sources are used to interpret archaeological discoveries.

2. Director. The Director of the Summer Session must be a member of the Managing Committee, or, if no suitable one is available, he must at least be a member of the staff of the School or of a supporting institution. The Director must have some distinction as a scholar and he must have a good knowledge of Greece. The appointment of the Director is to be made on the recommendation of the Committee on the Summer Session through the Committee on Personnel. Any member of the Managing Committee may make recommendations of candidates for the directorship to the Committee on the Summer Session.

3. Responsibility for Program. The planning of the program should be the responsibility of the Director of the Summer Session. But whether the Director be primarily an archaeologist or an historian or a specialist in literature and language he must plan an integrated program including all aspects of classical civilization—-literature, history, art, archaeology, Greek thought generally. Attention should also be given to the monuments of the Byzantine period. The Director should have the assistance of the Secretary of the School in securing transportation and reservations for the field trips.

4. Membership. Undergraduates, preferably in their last two years of college, graduate students, and teachers are considered eligible, and it is hoped that a healthy distribution may be maintained among these categories. For the most part the members must be primarily interested in classical civilization, but well qualified students of art and history may also be accepted. The selection of members shall be the responsibility of the Director and the Committee on Admissions and Fellowships working together. The Committee on Admissions and Fellowships should be authorized to set a deadline for their selection of applicants from the material in hand by that date. If vacant places remain they may be filled with later applicants. Early applications are urged.

5. Scholarships. The Committee on Admissions and Fellowships in consultation with the Committee on the Summer Session shall make the award of scholarships from the best of those who apply for scholarship aid before the deadline of January 15 in each year. The School has a commitment to contribute from its own funds one half the tuition fee of the recipient of regional scholarships. This year it has occurred that the winner of the School’s Lord Scholarship was also declared the winner of the Semple Scholarship of $250 given by the Classical Association of the Middle West and South. There is at present no rule covering such a situation and the following recommendation is proposed for the future in case such a contingency again arises: If the winner of a School summer scholarship is awarded a regional scholarship to which the School contributes one half of the tuition fee, he must relinquish one scholarship or the other.

6. Business Details.
a) Advertising. Notices of the Summer Session should be carried in the regular autumn poster which contains also information about the academic year fellowships and in the Classical World, Archaeology, Classical Journal, and the brochure of the Institute of International Education. An attractive brochure on the Summer Session and a short form letter should be printed which can be sent out immediately by the Chairman of the Committee on Admissions and Fellowships in answer to inquiries, along with the appropriate application blanks.
b) Transportation and passport matters. These are to be arranged by the individual member, but some assistance in transportation might be worked out with the American Express Company or one of the Greek steamship lines.
c) Fee. The present fee of $500 should be maintained including tuition, board and room at Loring Hall, transportation, meals, and lodging on the field trips. The bill should be sent by the Chairman of the Committee on Admissions and Fellowships along with the notice of acceptance to membership and the request for passport pictures. A deadline of April 15 should be established for the payment of fees. The fees should be collected by the Chairman of the Committee on Admissions and Fellowships and forwarded to the Chairman of the Managing Committee for deposit with the treasurer.
d) Director’s stipend. The Director should receive $1000 for traveling expenses (if he is not already in Greece) and $600 honorarium. These amounts and his living and transportation during the session are to be paid from the student fees.
The continuance of the Committee on the Summer Session is recommended. This committee should follow the work of the Summer Session carefully, and should from time to time report to the Managing Committee on the progress of the work and suggest changes which will improve it. It will be expected to execute the duties mentioned above and should have charge of the preparation of the above mentioned brochure, the annual posters, and the advertising, and other business details which occur from time to time (Eightieth Annual Report, 1960–1961).

Already in 1953 the Managing Committee had recognized the need for scholarship help for students of the Summer Session if the best students were to be given the opportunity to participate. It voted on December 28, 1953 that the income from the John White Field fund, established by a legacy of $1,000 by Mrs. Field in 1897 and now amounting to $10,000, be used as a scholarship of $500 in the Summer Session; $500 was the total fee for the Summer Session at that time. It was awarded for the first time for the 1955 Session and at intervals thereafter. In 1956 when the John Williams White Fellowship in Archaeology was not awarded for the regular session, the Managing Committee empowered the Committee on Fellowships to award two scholarships of $500 for the Summer Session from the White Fund for that year only. The Managing Committee also provided that the School would meet the other half ($250 at that time) of the Summer fee for all those holders of $250 scholarships from the various Classical Associations in the United States. In 1955 contributions were begun toward a fund in honor of Louis Eleazer Lord for a Summer scholarship, and by the spring of 1956 it was possible to award a Louis Lord Scholarship for that summer; unfortunately for the School the recipient had to resign it because he had previously accepted a scholarship to the American Academy in Rome Summer School. In 1957 the Lord scholarship was $400. Also in 1955-56 through Mr. Lord’s efforts $5,000 was raised to match a similar amount from the Harry Huntington Powers Memorial Fund to establish a scholarship in Powers’ name. On December 28, 1960 the Managing Committee voted that unexpended income from Summer School scholarship funds should be funded till sufficient for the establishment of a regular Bert Hodge Hill Scholarship Fund of $10,000. A special gift was made for a Hill Scholarship in 1961; in 1962 a George H. Chase and in 1976 and 1977 Ellen N. Lawler Sscholarships were awarded. On May 14, 1966 the Managing Committee voted to raise the Summer Session fee to $600 and also to raise the scholarships for the Summer Session to $600. There was also a consensus that the School should continue to pay half the fee for those to whom half-fee awards have been made by reputable classical associations, and on December 28, 1966 the Managing Committee voted that matching funds for classical association scholarship recipients (whose number varies from two to five, year to year) be taken from the income for Summer Session scholarships. The holder of an association scholarship is not permitted to hold a School scholarship in addition. The classical associations which have awarded scholarships for the Summer Sessions are the Classical Association of New England, Classical Association of the Atlantic States, Classical Association of Midwest and South, New York Classical Association, Eta Sigma Phi, American Classical League, Ohio Classical Association.

One of the recommendations of the ad hoc Committee on the Summer Session appointed on December 28, 1959 in their report on May 14, 1960 was that the Committee on the Summer Session be continued, to follow closely the work of the session and report to the Managing Committee as well as to recommend Directors to the Committee on Personnel, to consult with the Committee on Admissions and Fellowships on the award of scholarships, and to have charge of advertising the session and other business details. That ad hoc committee became then the first Committee on the Summer Session as a Standing Committee of the School. Its relation with the Committee on Admissions and Fellowships which continued to select the membership of the session remained close, since Gertrude Smith continued as Chairman of both Committees through 1962-63 and as a member of both Committees through 1965-66; she remained a member of the Summer Session Committee through 1968-69. She was succeeded as Chairman of the Committee on the Summer Session by C. A. Robinson, Jr. for 1963-64, George E. Mylonas 1964-65 (both had been members of the original committee), then Anna S. Benjamin 1965–1970, William P. Donovan 1970–1975, after which Chairmen served only for two-year terms; Joseph Conant 1975–1977, Stephen V. Tracy 1977–1979, Robert L. Pounder 1979–1981.

In 1965 the Committee on the Summer Session took over the selection of students and the award of scholarships; in fact the complete administration of the session was now vested in that Committee. In response to numerous queries from the Managing Committee on various aspects of the session a report in December 1966 explained existing policies. It stressed that the Committee was anxious to keep a balance of undergraduates, graduate students, and teachers in high schools and colleges, but this could be done and still give a preference, if that was desired by the Managing Committee, to students who have had some connection with the Cooperating Institutions, since most of the students do in fact have a connection with those institutions.

Some members of the Managing Committee had queried what benefits accrue to those institutions from the Summer Session; could not some tuition remission be given as in the regular session or some preference be given to graduates of Cooperating Institutions, or both. In regard to remission of tuition, the Committee’s report emphasized that the Summer Session fee is entirely for expenses; there is no tuition per se that could be remitted. The report further recommended that in view of the many qualified applicants which cannot be accommodated each year, a second session with a second director, limited to 20 students, be established on a trial basis in 1968, and the Managing Committee voted to approve the trial.

Accordingly, beginning in 1968 two Summer Sessions have been held, conducted by two Directors, both housed in Loring Hall for the half of the session held in Athens, the beginning of one session following the beginning of the other by one week so that one is in Athens while the other is on trips throughout the six-week sessions. In both sessions each year the 20 students are a mixture of undergraduate and graduate students, secondary school and college teachers, men and women. Such balance among them is maintained as is possible with dropouts and last minute alternates filling the available places. The immediate success and popularity of the 1968 session assured the continuation of the two groups which still allow for a very careful selection of 40 members so many are the applications, which number about seventy to a hundred. In 1974 it was necessary, because of the inflation in Greece, to raise the fee to $750, and in December 1978 to $1050, beginning with the 1979 session.

By 1975 when the School began to advertise descriptions of the positions on its staff, the Director of the Summer Session was defined as “a member of the School who has held an academic appointment at a recognized post-secondary educational institution and has had at least two years teaching experience; a trained classicist with some graduate instruction in Classical Archaeology and some knowledge of Modern Greek, stamina, good health and a sense of humor.” These qualities do describe the considerable number of men and women who have led the sessions in the 30 years since the war, often serving more than one, even more than two years. Nearly all have been members of the Managing Committee at the time of their appointment; most who were not became so shortly thereafter. Their duties which had varied somewhat over the years, as the above account indicates, were in 1975 defined as “responsibility for planning (in consultation with the other Director, the Professor of Archaeology and the Secretary of the School) the itinerary for all trips at least six months prior to the session, for reading all applications for membership and advising the Committee on the Summer Session of his recommendations, for handling all correspondence with members admitted to his session, advising them of details of travel, equipment, academic requirements (reports), etc. The Director supervises all aspects of the program in Greece, is responsible for keeping a log of the trips, certifying students for academic credit, and submitting a report to the Director of the School for the Managing Committee.” For these two positions the Committee on the Summer Session sends a rank-ordered list to the Committee on Personnel who nominate to the Executive Committee and they to the Managing Committee for appointment. Beginning in 1979 a Summer School Secretary was appointed to assist the School Secretary in the many detailed arrangements necessary for the Summer Sessions.

These are the facts and figures of the Summer Session, but the life of this very significant department of the School’s affairs has been the 20, then 40, persons of widely varying ages, training and specific interests who have been drawn together by their common interest in Greek civilization and who have returned to their study or teaching with a fresh interest and deeper insight as well as a new devotion both to classical studies and to the School. Not a few have returned to the School for a full academic year as regular or associate members; many have inspired others to come as students; nearly all have become active and loyal Alumni of the School. It was indeed a wise decision to make the Summer Session an integral part of the School’s activities.

Chapter VII: The Corinth Excavations, Including Isthmia and Kenchreai

In this and the following chapters on the excavations of the School or sponsored by the School, the aim is not to repeat the accounts of the results of those excavations which have been published and are accessible in preliminary if not also final form. The idea is rather to summarize the areas of work of each season with the briefest mention of their significance, in the hope that this “history” of each excavation may be useful for reference and may supplement the previous chapters in the account of the activities of the School.

Corinth

When Charles Eliot Norton wrote of the founding of the School as intended among other things to offer prospective teachers of Greek “such knowledge of its [Greece’s] ancient monuments as should give a quality to their teaching unattainable without this experience,” he was thinking also of one of the purposes of the School as adding to those ancient monuments by the conduct of excavations and the training of excavators who might be useful to other institutions in their excavations. How well the School has fulfilled both those aims is shown by a glance at the list of excavations of the School (Lord, History, pp. 296-308 and here, Chapters VII-IX) and some thought of the many alumni of the School who have directed or participated in excavations by other organizations both in Greece and elsewhere in the Mediterranean and the Middle East. The very first year of the School’s existence, 1882-83, one of the students, John Crow, was permitted by the Ephor of Antiquities to investigate the Pnyx with two workmen, and in the fourth year of the School, in spring 1886, the first real excavation, of the theater at Thorikos, was carried out. Each year thereafter exploration was conducted by excavation at various sites until 1896 when work was begun at Corinth. From then on Corinth was to remain the principal site of the American School where excavation has taken place in most years except for two periods (1917–1924 and 1941–1959) when war prevented or School excavation was concentrated elsewhere while work at Corinth was limited to study of the excavated material, occasionally with small supplementary digging necessitated by the study. From the initiation of the Excavation of the Athenian Agora in 1931 Corinth has become one of the two principal sites of the School, but it has continued to be the one with which the greatest number of the annual students of the School are most closely associated.

Even during the years of World War II Bert Hodge Hill continued to work in Corinth on his study of Peirene except when under house arrest in Athens. Activity in Corinth throughout the war years and the decade or so following has been noted above (see Index). Although the concentration of the School’s excavation funds on the Athenian Agora after the war meant cessation of new excavations at Corinth, the site and the excavation house were far from deserted. Active work on the study for publication of the previous half-century’s excavation continued, and all further available study and storage space in the museum was used constantly by the staffs of the Lerna excavation between 1952 and 1959 (see above, p. 59 and below, pp. 205-206) and the Isthmia undertaking between 1952 and 1976 (below, pp. 169-171) for study of their finds.

Mention has been made above (p. 2) of the excavation in the spring and fall of 1939 and the spring of 1940 of the Tile Factory on a ledge about a half mile below (northeast of) the present village, an unusually well preserved kiln for the manufacture of roof tiles, which was excavated by Carl A. Roebuck; he also began in spring 1940 the excavation of the site of the projected addition to the museum, to the east of the existing structure. This latter work continued under the supervision of Chief Foreman Evangelos Lekkas until halted by the war (above, p. 3). We have also noted (pp. 28-29) that it was in Corinth that the first work of the School after the war could be undertaken in 1946-47, namely the opening of the museum and the study for publication with the necessary cleaning and supplementary investigation of the South Stoa (Oscar Broneer), Bema, Central Shops, Roman Buildings on West Terrace, Minor Monuments in the Agora (Robert Scranton), Southeast Building (Saul Weinberg) and Asklepieion (Carl Roebuck). Clearing the wells of the South Stoa provided invaluable information for restoration of the building, especially the roof, a portion of which was reassembled, and existing drums of columns and other blocks were set in place in the South Stoa, in the Central Shops and on the West Terrace to make the buildings more intelligible to the spectator. In the Southeast Building much supplementary digging was required to complete its study. In 1947-48 (above, p. 33) William Dinsmoor completed his study clearing of the West Shops in the fall; Saul Weinberg undertook study of the two basilicas, the South and the Julian, to be published with the Southeast Building, and work on the wells of the South Stoa and their pottery contents was continued by Roger Edwards. In spring 1948 Richard Stillwell cleaned and made further soundings in the theater in connection with its publication, and Agnes Newhall Stillwell worked on the vast mass of pottery from the Kerameikos. In 1948-49 (above, p. 39), Roger Edwards completed the cataloguing and photography of that other formidable mass of pottery, from the South Stoa wells, and Hazel Palmer worked on assembling the tomb groups of the North Cemetery and on their study. In the spring Edward Capps, Jr. arrived to work on the sculptures. 1949-50 saw Robert Scranton back to carry out supplementary digging in the North Stoa and North Market, John H. Kent to work on inscriptions found since 1927, and in spring 1950 Oscar Broneer completing the final excavation of the western half of the South Stoa. Evidence for the area prior to the construction of the South Stoa as well as for the interior disposition of the Stoa was discovered. George V. Peschke and Elias Skroubelos completed many plans and drawings to supplement those made by Leicester B. Holland in 1946-47. The pre-Stoa wells yielded some fine Archaic pottery.

In January 1950 construction of the new wing of the museum was finally begun, ten years after work on the foundation had been initiated. The $10,000 donation of Mrs. Moore for the addition to the museum, made just before the war, had become quite inadequate for the structure for which plans had been made and foundations partly laid. It was characteristic of her interest in the School that she generously added the needed $30,000. Once undertaken, construction proceeded rapidly and by September was complete. Director Caskey asked the Managing Committee to appoint as Curator of Corinth an “Old Corinthian” well familiar with the site and the finds to undertake a reorganization and reinstallation of storerooms (Pl. 16, b) and galleries now that the much needed extra space was available. Carl Roebuck was elected in 1951 but found it impossible to accept. In October 1951 the three mosaic panels in the Roman Villa, which had suffered from exposure in spite of the buildings over them, were lifted by the highly expert and experienced technician of the Italian Ministry of Education Vittorio Toti and placed in the museum. The School is indebted to the kind cooperation of Dr. Doro Levi, Director of the Italian School in Athens, for making Mr. Toti’s services available.

Spring and summer of 1952 found Oscar Broneer back in Corinth working on the South Stoa with Piet de Jong acting as architect as they worked out the drawings to illustrate the reconstruction, and Bert Hill returned for the summer and fall to work on his study of the temples at Nemea and Tegea for the publication of the School’s work at Nemea.

In January 1953 the Chairman of the Managing Committee, Charles Morgan, an “Old Corinthian” who had directed the extensive excavation campaigns in 1936–1938, was able to come back to Corinth for four months in which the first new excavation since the war and the waiting reorganization of the museum were undertaken. The large-scale clearing of the agora area in the thirties had gone only to the early imperial Roman levels north of the South Stoa, leaving the investigation of the Greek levels for later; Mr. Morgan had particularly wished to check one small area near the west end of the South Stoa for pre-Roman levels.

The museum was rearranged chronologically rather than by class of material as formerly. The small room on the west of the entrance was devoted to the Neolithic and Bronze Ages, the long gallery to the east to the Greek periods from Geometric to 146 b.c., and in the larger, sculpture gallery, to the Roman sculpture were added all types of material from the Roman periods, with the mosaics from the Roman villa installed on the west wall. Material from the Asklepeion continued in the small north gallery, and in the court and its colonnade architectural pieces and further sculpture remained and were augmented.

In summer 1953 William Dinsmoor conducted limited excavation in search of evidence for the peribolos of Temple E and predecessors on the site in connection with his study of the West Shops, and in both fall 1953 and spring 1954 Robert Scranton worked over indications of the mediaeval period in the general central area of the excavations. In a supplementary investigation of the north side of Temple Hill in June Mary Campbell Roebuck discovered many early Archaic roof tiles. During the summer Agnes Stillwell continued her study of pottery from the Kerameikos. In September in a field near Lechaion was discovered a cemetery of the 6th to 4th centuries b.c. which the Greek authorities asked the School to excavate; C. W. J. and Mary Eliot cleared some forty graves.

The most noteworthy event in Corinth in 1955 was the advent of electric power which reached Old Corinth in March and went into operation in the new wing of the museum. Wiring and fixtures in the workrooms of the earlier part and in Oakley House were installed, and lights went on in Oakley House first on September 20, 1955. Another significant change which had been growing apace in recent years was “the truly staggering number of tourists and students who visit the excavations.” Already in 1952 the veteran guard, counselor and friend of all Corinthians (American or Greek by nationality), George Kachros (Pl. 15, b), had been given assistance by the appointment of Evangelos Papapsomas specifically as Museum Guard; further help was urgently needed now, and Spyros Marinos was added to the staff of guards on January 1, 1956. During the summer of 1956 Oscar Broneer supervised a thorough cleaning and tidying up of the excavations. At least four guards were needed in the heavy tourist season, but the number was reduced again to two when George Kachros retired officially from the Archaeological Service on January 1, 1958 after some forty years of service as Guard of Corinth. His inestimable knowledge of Corinth, the Corinthia, its excavations, and its excavators was not lost to the School, however, for his skill as a mender provided the means of the School’s retaining him as mender and general consultant. He continued to serve the School in these capacities for more than another decade. Evangelos Lekkas had served as Chief Foreman at Corinth since his brother Sophokles left that post to assume the same position in the excavations of the Athenian Agora in 1931; he had served also more recently at Lerna, Isthmia and in the Athenian Agora. On July 1, 1957 he was recognized for his significant services to the School by being appointed Chief Foreman of School Excavations.

In 1958 Oscar Broneer acquired a plot of ground directly in front of and below the garden of Oakley House where he built a house to occupy in his lifetime. A small round building of late Imperial times was uncovered just beyond the southeast corner of the house.

By 1958 it had become clear that Corinth was ready for the resumption of major new excavation after a lapse of twenty years since the outbreak of World War II. The study and publication of the pre-1939 excavations had been pursued with steady dedication by a number of scholars, and the bulk of the backlog had been completed; many volumes had been published, others were ready or approaching completion. The new wing of the Museum affording much-needed extra space for exhibition, storage, and study had been completed and the exhibition and storage rooms rearranged; the work space which had served the Lerna staff for the study of its material would be free in 1959 when the Lerna material would be transferred to its permanent home in the Argos Museum. Excavation funds of the School would no longer be needed for other sites. The newly appointed Assistant Director of the School who would become Director in 1959 had a strong interest in reviving field work in Corinth. The stage was set for a new era to open.

Henry S. Robinson (Pl. 12, e) assumed responsibility for Corinth as soon as he reached Athens in fall 1958, and plans were made to carry on extended excavation in the spring. Meanwhile in the fall digging for a new water system for the village revealed traces of antiquities in Kakavi southeast of the village, and Mr. Robinson investigated the late Roman remains. The renewed campaign of 1959 included both the principal work directed by Robinson, assisted by two students of the School, in the only area of the agora hitherto undug, the southwestern corner, and a three-week investigation by Saul Weinberg of lower levels in two places in the old excavations. Weinberg’s search for prehistoric was financed by the Wenner-Gren Foundation; east of the Lechaion Road outside the northwest corner of the Peribolos of Apollo deposits of Archaic, Geometric, Early Helladic and Neolithic pottery were found, and at the west end of the agora, west of Temples H, J and K, deep Neolithic fill with some stratification was discovered. In the seven-week campaign in the agora the School’s excavation funds were augmented by support from Brown University, which was continued through the 1964 season at $750 per year. The plan was to investigate in detail the Byzantine remains in this 2,000 square meters, since so large an area of Byzantine settlement had not been visible at one time before. In the 800 square meters cleared in 1959 appeared an important road bordered by a 12th-century building with indications of bronze working. Work in this sector was to continue under Robinson’s direction for another seven years as he trained those first-year students of the School who were interested in assisting him.

In spring 1960 the southwest corner of the Agora was cleared to Byzantine levels, and a brief investigation of the “Baths of Aphrodite” was conducted during the summer. It was during the summer that Charles Morgan on one of his favorite walks up Akro discovered ancient remains on the slope of Acrocorinth just below the road; excavation in spring 1961 by Ronald Stroud identified them as a sanctuary of Demeter and Persephone. 1961 work in the Agora in Byzantine occupation south of the South Stoa found the Kenchreai Road; two Roman chamber tombs northeast of the city were also dug, and work continued in the sanctuary of Demeter. The digging of a wide ditch north of the north city wall to bring water to irrigate the plains of Corinth revealed antiquities which the School investigated for the Archaeological Service: a Roman bath, numerous Greek and Roman graves, two Roman chamber tombs, a section of the East Long Wall. The Demeter Sanctuary was further cleared in 1962, and two sectors at Kokkinovrysi, where a roadside stele shrine revealed by chance in the winter was found to include a rich deposit of terracotta figurines, were opened as well as the house with a fine 1st-century b.c. mosaic floor at Anaploga.

In 1963 work was concentrated at Anaploga where a cleaning and dyeing establishment and a great system of water tunnels were discovered, the wells producing a vast amount of new and unusual styles of pottery, and the quarry south of Oakley House was dug.

The earthquake of August 1962 did extensive damage to Oakley House (Pl. 3, a), and although the most serious cracks in the rubble fabric were patched, examination by engineers showed it to be unsafe. It continued to be used for kitchen, dining room and living room with library, but no one slept there; all slept in the Annex. Clearly it would have to be replaced as soon as possible.

Even more far-reaching and immediate changes were seen by Director Robinson as essential in the administration of the excavation. The need for a secretary to bring and then keep order in the records and storage of its finds was of top priority. A part-time assistant in 1961 and 1962, Chrysoula Kardara, had begun to consolidate the several earlier, often conflicting or duplicating inventories made by an ever changing staff. A full-time secretarial assistant was urgently requested and after a year of half-time service in 1963-64 Judith Perlzweig, student of the School 1952-53 and Agora Fellow 1953–1957, filled that full-time post until July 1, 1966, reorganizing the pottery storage, maintaining current inventories according to a system devised by Director Robinson and incorporating them with the earlier records, supervising all files and records. In this major undertaking she was assisted by several volunteers from among the students and students’ wives who gradually made readily accessible both finds and records, written, drafted or photographed, of the excavations from their inception in 1896.

Equally essential to the proper excavation and publication of Corinth, Director Robinson believed, was a Field Director who would devote full time to the task. Much as he personally cared about excavating in Corinth, he felt it impossible to do justice to both the Directorship of the School and the direction of field work in Corinth. He therefore urged the appointment of a full-time Field Director. Until such time as this would be possible, Charles K. Williams, II was appointed a Fellow of the School for Corinth for 1963-64 to serve as Assistant Field Director under Director Robinson; from 1964 to 1966 he held the first Gorham Phillips Stevens Fellowship, continuing as Assistant Field Director of Corinth and acting as Director of the School excavations at Nemea in 1964 (see below, pp. 217-218). On July 1, 1966 Charles Williams (Pl. 13, d) became the Field Director of the Corinth excavations and began a notable career not only as excavator but equally as teacher of the students at the School.

Investigation of the Northwest Shops and their conservation occupied Mr. Williams throughout the year 1963-64, and in the spring the main activity with the students was at Nemea. The major excavation at Corinth was further work in the Demeter Sanctuary on the slopes of Acrocorinth where two eight-week campaigns in 1964 were directed by Ronald Stroud who had supervised the earlier excavations there in 1961 and 1962. Several terraces with rooms including some with couches and quantities of terracottas were found. Mr. Stroud continued to work on publication of the buildings he had dug through 1967, but in 1968 direction of the excavation was taken over by Nancy Bookidis.

As frequently in Corinth, there were in 1964 several minor salvage operations necessitated by chance finds or public works, two of special interest being the Roman vaulted water-tunnel system on the slopes of Acrocorinth northwest of the church of St. George and the classical graves in the ravine of Vrysoula with evidence of funeral banquets.

The tempo of activity at Corinth, which had been increasing steadily since its resumption in 1959, reached a peak in 1965, with work in six different areas. There began the first experiment in sharing the Corinth permit with Cooperating Institutions, who wished to participate in field work; parts of Corinth not being excavated by the School could be allotted to them. Two such areas were taken on by the University of California at Berkeley and the University of Texas at Austin, the former the northwest corner of the peribolos of Temple E, the latter the Gymnasium area north of the theater. Although Professor James K. Anderson and his students from Berkeley and Professor James R. Wiseman and his students from Austin showed that teams from the Cooperating Institutions can make a contribution to the work at Corinth and can work under the Field Director and fit into the existing systems of digging and recording, it was thought unwise to have two such teams again, especially when the School’s own projects were making such heavy use of all facilities. The Temple E peribolos with its two large rooms did not prove very rewarding, and California did not ask to return, but the Gymnasium area revealed a stoa over 100 meters long of early Roman times and a circular structure. The Texas team returned for six more seasons (see below, pp. 159, 163, 164). The School’s work was carried on in (1) Byzantine levels south of the South Stoa to preserve the Turkish house found in 1963, trace the main road south from Roman through Byzantine times and find a fuller’s establishment of the 6th century after Christ; (2) the Roman bath along the Lechaion Road north of the village of which parts have long been visible; (3) the ancient quarry south of Oakley House begun in Hellenistic and continued in Roman times; (4) the Demeter Sanctuary on Acrocorinth in which the upper terrace theatral area and another dining room on the lowest terrace were found as well as many more terracottas and vases.

In addition to the cleaning and conservation work in the excavations begun by Mr. Williams in 1963 and continued throughout fall and winter thereafter, in 1965 Miss Danaë Hadjilazarou, trained in conservation at the Institute of Archaeology, University of London, began the cleaning and conservation of the bronze mirror from Anaploga and set up a conservation system for metal objects and the large terracotta statues from the Demeter Sanctuary.

In the 1966 season, the last of which Director of the School Henry Robinson was the Field Director, the School worked (1) in the Peribolos of Apollo where students found Geometric through Hellenistic strata east of the altar of Temple A and a late 5th-century two-room basement in the northeast quarter and (2) in the Roman Bath in which Secretary of the School William Biers and Jane Biers continued to clear the central cruciform room and the hypocaust of 1965, two apsidal halls, and a service corridor. The University of Texas in the Gymnasium carried the stoa to 158 meters length and continued on the building to the south.

The Corinth excavations have been unusually fortunate in not suffering loss from theft throughout the years, but about midnight of Easter Sunday, April 21, 1966, the Sacred Spring was broken into and one of the bronze lion-head spouts hacked off and stolen. Many Corinthians, Greek and American alike, felt a deep personal loss. The good fortune returned, however, when the head was returned, as mysteriously as it disappeared, on October 10, 1967; it was put in the museum, a copy in the Spring.

On July 1, 1966 Charles Williams, who had been directing most of the work throughout the year in Corinth as Assistant Field Director since fall of 1963, assumed full responsibility for the excavation as full-time Field Director. Since he had already been committed to the Porto Cheli excavation for summer 1966 (see below, p. 213), Robinson oversaw the Texas dig at Corinth.

The organization of administration, recording, storage and display of finds, conservation, study for publication and new excavation in which students of the School participated which had been in process of establishment in the past few years was in working order, and Henry Robinson said that although he gave up Corinth “with considerable regret,” he was glad to turn it over “to so competent an archaeologist.” Robinson’s conviction that the excavation would be well served by Williams as full-time Director has been more than justified in the years since 1966.

The officer responsible for all the indoor activities, the Secretary who had reorganized the storerooms and modernized the records, Judith Perlzweig, resigned as of July 1, 1966 but continued to serve until her successor Helen von Raits took over on October 2, 1966. Miss von Raits had been a student of the School in 1962-63, the year in which the over three hundred fragments of plaques from Penteskouphia found in 1905 were rediscovered, and she had been working on them in Corinth, making many joins among them and with the pieces in Paris and Berlin. She tackled the main body of old excavation material stored in the old museum and began to make it available to scholars as well as keeping up with the newer material and handling the many museum pressures, all with great patience. The number of scholars now coming to Corinth all year long, both School personnel to work on the definitive publication of the excavated material and other scholars interested in the finds for other publications, continued to increase, and with the guest staffs from the University of Texas at Corinth and the Isthmia and Kenchreai staffs (see above, p. 158, below, pp. 169-171) this meant a heavy call on the facilities, both in the museum and at the excavation house. The Director made whatever facilities were available open to all scholars who came to Corinth to study.

Kathryn Butt spent time in 1966 reboxing, describing and identifying with notebooks much pottery from the old excavations, so she was well equipped to take over the Secretary’s duties in the fall of 1967 which she discharged with helpfulness and cheerfulness to all until July 1971. For the year 1971-72 the position was shared on a half-time basis by two young scholars working on the publication of Corinthian material, Sharon C. Herbert, student since 1969, working on Corinthian red-figured pottery, and Mary C. Sturgeon, student since 1968, studying the sculpture from the theater. In 1972-73 Jean MacIntosh, formerly of the Murlo staff in Italy, replaced Miss Sturgeon as half-time with Miss Herbert. Summer 1973 began the Secretaryship of Nancy Bookidis (Pl. 16, b) who had been living and working in Corinth since 1968 as Fellow, excavating the Demeter Sanctuary, and working on the publication of the sanctuary and its terracotta sculptures as well as on the Archaic sculpture from the old excavations. Her familiarity with all aspects of the Corinthian picture as well as her own qualities make her an ideal Secretary; she continues to grace the position in 1980 as she also continues her study and publication of much Corinthian material.

The School is deeply indebted to Mr. and Mrs. Ewart Davies who recognized the need to guarantee the presence of a permanent curator at Corinth and generously established the Myra and Ewart Davies Curatorial Services Fund for Corinth; this ensures an American Curator at Corinth at all times, whether or not excavation is in progress, to process orders, to help scholars, to work on material and to keep the collection in order. With the final bequest of $25,000 from Mr. Davies in 1979 the endowment totals well over a quarter of a million dollars and ranks as one of the great gifts of the century to the School.

Of finds from earlier excavations one large important class had been neglected since 1929, namely the coins. Identification and easily accessible record of these documents as well as of current coins were of vital significance for current excavations; a resident Fellow who was a numismatist was an immediate need Charles Williams saw as he took over the Directorship, but it was only in 1969 that a numismatist could be added to the staff. Joan Fisher filled that position until February 1979 when financial considerations made necessary her departure. She had identified and put into order coins found before 1969 and kept up to date with current discoveries, preparing for publication each year as part of Mr. Williams’ report the coins found in that season. This was an enviable record.

The serious need of a full-time trained conservator to deal properly with many of the older finds as well as those coming out of the ground in the several excavations each season was of concern to Mr. Williams for some time; the successive Secretaries had, when they were able, done the bare essentials. Nor were the three pot menders, one of whom acted also as photo finisher in the darkroom, trained in conservation of materials other than pottery at which they were highly skilled. So the final appointment needed to make a thoroughly efficient indoor staff was made in 1973-74 when Stella Bouzaki, who had worked in Munich with the post-war restoration of the Aiginetan pedimental sculpture, was appointed full-time conservator.

As noted above, much of the time of the staff (the Director, the Secretary, the Numismatist) throughout the calendar year was occupied in assisting the great number of persons who were studying material for publication. Mr. Williams made assignments to both older, experienced scholars and younger students of the remaining unpublished older finds and the newer discoveries as they appeared, in a valiant effort to complete the unfinished publication and keep up to date. Space does not permit listing all the publications in volumes (see below, p. 270) and in Hesperia articles, but mention may be made of some of the pottery studies by Roger Edwards, D. A. Amyx, Patricia Lawrence, Elizabeth Gummey Pemberton, Sharon Herbert, sculpture by Nancy Bookidis and Mary Sturgeon, prehistoric by John Lavezzi. It would have delighted Louis Lord to see Corinth taking its place in print on shelves.

But the heart of Corinth as part of the School and its program remained the main spring excavation. Since 1896 most students who wished could and did take part in that excavation, and no one who worked under Bert Hill’s direction in a dig ever failed to view that experience as a major part of his training in his year at the School. As time went on and numbers increased, many students of the School came and went without any field experience. Charles Williams recognized that the School ought to offer all classical students, regardless of whether their interest is primarily archaeological, the opportunity to know through personal experience what excavation aims and methods are and how they contribute to classical studies. His innovation in spring 1967 of training sessions of two weeks for all students of the School who wished to participate was one of the landmarks of the educational programs of the School. Two training sessions of up to 10 students each provide two to a trench and give also a day of work in the museum and a half-day on coins. Williams’ skill as a teacher has equaled that of excavator and administrator and has been one of the most significant and successful aspects of the training offered by the School. The fact that practically all students do take part indicates what it means to them. After the training session each April further weeks of excavation continue with those students selected by the Director to assist him.

The excavations of 1967 continued (1) south of the South Stoa, (2) in the Peribolos of Apollo where the area of the dye works appeared to have been in use from as early as the Middle Corinthian period to the Mummian destruction, (3) in the Roman bath to the north of the Peribolos only partially cleared in 1929, and (4) in the Roman bath north of the modern plateia (see above, p. 159) which proves to be a monumental structure of which many architectural blocks, especially of the Severan two-tiered facade, were found in this year. The whole School and many alumni were saddened by the sudden death in April 1967, between the bus stop and the museum, of Evangelos Lekkas, Chief Foreman of School Excavations, who had been a loyal friend of the School since his first association with its work in the 1920’s; his skillful organization of work and handling of men were matched by his cheerfulness and devotion (see above, pp. 104, 155). Since his death Photios Notis has acted as a most able successor.

Excavation in the Demeter Sanctuary was resumed in 1968; Nancy Bookidis found further dining and cult rooms and confirmed the 6th-century b.c. to Late Roman chronology. William and Jane Biers continued work in the Roman bath, particularly in the herringbone-paved court and on the monumental facade. This was the last season of digging in the Bath, but the excavators continued to study the site and prepare drawings for the publication for several more summers. In the Agora area Director Williams moved to the neighborhood of the Sacred Spring, particularly east of it, to test the stratigraphy of two meters of Classical and Hellenistic fill which revealed a long mud altar rebuilt at least four times. Work west of the Babbius monument went down to Neolithic levels. In the summer Director Robinson was able to return to Corinth to work on the 7th- and 6th-century temples on Temple Hill and their immediate surroundings, a study he would continue for a decade. The University of Texas team in the Roman Gymnasium concentrated on a bronze casting pit, an apsidal building with lead curse tablets and a large underground tunnel system connected with Lerna and including a fountain house containing hundreds of lamps from the 4th and 5th centuries after Christ.

In addition to further investigation around the Sacred Spring in 1969 which gave a more precise chronology of the spring, Williams led the students also in exploration at the east end of the Forum to define limits of the Hellenistic racecourse buried under the Roman paving; they found the southern limits; they also found the first sub-Mycenaean grave yet excavated at Corinth and early Geometric graves. In the Demeter Sanctuary, Nancy Bookidis found a great, broad central stairway with dining rooms on each side. The summer brought Robinson, now retired from the office of Director of the School, again to Temple Hill and brought Texas to uncover more of the Fountain of the Lamps and the Gymnasium. All these areas were worked again in 1970: at the west end of the Forum Late Neolithic levels were tested, and the area to the south of the Sacred Spring revealed Early Helladic remains, Protogeometric fills, Geometric buildings and a Protocorinthian house; in the temenos itself Classical and Hellenistic levels were studied; both spring and fall seasons in the Demeter Sanctuary cleared further cult rooms; Robinson studied the Temple of Apollo in detail from scaffolding; and Texas continued in the Gymnasium. Again in 1971 work continued in both summer (Bookidis) and fall (Williams) in the Demeter Sanctuary; in the spring Williams with the students carried down below Roman levels in another part of the Forum area, west of the Bema and north of the South Stoa where several 4th-century buildings overlay 5th-century structures, and the area around the underground shrine found in 1936 was further explored; in the summer Robinson, now heading a Case Western Reserve University expedition, excavated along the north slope of Temple Hill; and in a fall campaign Wiseman completed the University of Texas excavation of the Gymnasium.

During the winter of 1971-72 the material from the Shear excavations of 1928 to 1930 was turned over to the School and incorporated into the general records. The 1972 exploration of pre-Roman levels in the Forum concentrated on those from Classical back through Geometric, and the final stage of digging in the Demeter Sanctuary was begun; Robinson cleared more of the 7th-century b.c. road toward Glauke on Temple Hill and the narthex and graves of a 6th-to-7th-century church. As planned, work in the Demeter Sanctuary was completed in spring 1973; Williams continued to lead students in the pre-Roman levels of the Forum, and Robinson studied his finds from Temple Hill. The 1974 season saw Williams returning to the southwest corner of the Forum, where Robinson had cleared Byzantine levels in the early 60’s, to get down to ancient levels, and on Temple Hill Robinson began clearing the Early Christian basilica and quarry at the east end and continued the early road at the west end. The southwest corner of the Forum in 1975 had reached both early Imperial and Greek levels; the long narrow building and arch of Neronian date mark the limit of the Roman forum at that time, and the 5th- and 4th-century b.c. bath with its mosaic floor adds a valuable detail to the Greek phase of the area. On Temple Hill Robinson completed clearing the Early Christian basilica and recovered the 6th-century b.c. propylon at the northwest corner. Further Classical Greek buildings north of the bath clarified more of the Greek southwest corner of the Forum in 1976, and on Temple Hill work continued in the quarry at the east, along the north side, and on the west located the Archaic temenos wall, two periods of the propylon, and a Roman stoa east of it. By 1977 work in the southwest corner of the Forum had cleared the west wall of the South Stoa and its Stele Shrine and begun on the large complex of the early 5th century b.c. to the northwest of it, which in 1978 was cleared to reveal one of the most significant buildings yet discovered for the economic history of Corinth in the Classical Greek period; its contents provided the name, Punic Amphora building. Robinson continued on Temple Hill in 1977 and completed his decade of investigation in 1978.

Study of the fresco fragments found years ago in the Southeast Building required new testing of the stratigraphy; in doing so Williams recovered further fragments of this sole example of Roman Fourth Style painting found in Corinth which may have a topical interest if, as seems possible, it represents Briareos arbitrating the division of the Corinthia between Poseidon and Helios. In 1979 wages were escalating so frighteningly that excavation was restricted to the two training sessions, working again on the north side of the Punic Amphora Building, the south side of its northern neighbor, and the road between them, as well as clearing the storerooms of some of the South Stoa shops and the building under its west end. Excavation in the Southeast Building was completed in the summer. Spring 1980 brought a change of scene back to the Hellenistic starting line at the east end of the Forum for both the two training sessions and the regular season of excavation following them, now happily restored to the program; another starting line was found near the one discovered in 1969.

It will have been evident, from the above, that Mr. Williams’ plan of campaign has been to carry out the general over-all plan of many years ago, namely to carry down to Greek levels the vast area in the center of Corinth purchased by the School over the years and dug only to Roman levels by the time of cessation of digging in 1939; it has always been intended to go down earlier bit by bit. After the earthquake of 1962 there had been a proposal by the Greek archaeological authorities that more of the ancient city in the present village should be created an archaeological zone for future investigation before more construction takes place, but this plan did not prove to be feasible even though the School lent a cautious interested ear; by 1964 it was a dead issue. It was clear by 1966 that attention should continue to be paid to the very considerable amount of historical and artistic information still to be gained from the area already at the disposal of the School, and Mr. Williams has planned carefully the order of the sections to be investigated further in the Forum area. This had been the main activity; work on the Roman bath, a partly uncovered building, was also continuing. The unique and highly significant Demeter Sanctuary is characteristic of all digs—-a chance find has led to top-priority results.

Reference has been made several times already to the many scholars, both those of the School and many others both American and foreign, who have been enabled by the recent ordering of the vast materials of the Corinth excavations to work conveniently and profitably with the evidence it offers. As a further means of assistance in making available these finds, in 1977 Mr. Williams and his staff began an experiment which proved useful even in its early stages. Thanks to the request of the University of California at Berkeley that Corinth try out the possibilities of the SELGEM system, Corinth became the first Mediterranean excavation to put all find information onto Information Retrieval Systems tapes. Differences in terminology among scholars of different periods and materials have caused some difficulties, which were still being resolved, but by winter 1978-79 Mr. Williams and Miss Bookidis were able to introduce the system with both its advantages and its complications to an assemblage of archaeologists from other foreign schools and excavations. The Corinth excavations were also in 1980 working with the Fitch Laboratory of the British School on a series of tests by thin sectioning. One of the oldest excavations in Greece was keeping up with the newest technological possibilities.

Pages back (above, p. 157) we reported the damage to Oakley House in the earthquake of 1962 after which it was unsafe for any of the staff to sleep there; they continued, however, to eat and work in its rooms as plans were gradually evolved to replace it. Finally in October and November 1970 the excavation house (Pl. 3, a) which had been given by trustee Horace Oakley and had served since 1927, repaired after the severe damage of the great 1928 earthquake and again after several others, was torn down. The new earthquake-proof building designed by Charles Williams was constructed under his supervision throughout the winter, spring and summer of 1970-71 while the staff occupied temporary quarters in the village. On December 1, 1971 the new house (Pl. 3, b, right), 9 × 31 meters, occupying the same site, as attractive as it is comfortable and convenient beyond the wildest imagination of “Old Corinthians” who lived in the Pietri house or Oakley House, was dedicated. Greek and foreign archaeologists attended the ceremony with the School personnel. A marble plaque reads “The Corinth Excavation House / The American School of Classical Studies / at Athens / Named in Memory of / BERT HODGE HILL / 1874–1958 / Student-Director-Director Emeritus / 1 December 1971.” Nothing could be more fitting; Corinth of today is what it is because of Mr. Hill. To all the facilities of Oakley House, each now improved in efficiency and furnishings (kitchen, dining room, living room), are added a separate library, an architect’s drafting room with ample storage for plans, a photographic darkroom, two office and record rooms for the Director and the Secretary, three double bedrooms and good storage. Not the least of the many advantages of this building is the admirable way in which it fits into its setting, nestling among its trees above the slope of ground west of the Odeion, white stuccoed with dark green shutters, belonging to the village landscape. For the staff who live and work in it, the central heating adds a dimension of efficiency as well as comfort unknown to their predecessors, but extremely effective in the results of their work. The furnishings were handsomely augmented after the dismantling and sale of the Blegen House in Athens when many pieces from 9 Plutarch Street were brought to Hill House, a most appropriate disposition of them. Now that there were shelves to hold them, many gifts of books were made to the library in the following years, benefiting still more the many students and visiting scholars.

The so-called Annex had been built to the west of Oakley House of light and anti-seismic construction in 1931 to provide seven bedrooms after the 1930 earthquake had made the second storey of Oakley House unsafe for occupancy; it continued to serve as sleeping quarters for all the staff not provided for by the three bedrooms in Hill House, including the Director who occupied the large northern room designated originally for that officer. The first year of Hill House was progressing happily for the staff when tragedy struck. In the early morning hours of July 4, 1972 fire was discovered in one of the rooms of the Annex; it spread rapidly, but by the miracle of quick action by some, all residents escaped without injury. The building was quickly a complete loss and with it the notes, records, and manuscripts (several practically completed) as well as personal possessions of those living in it. This was no small personal tragedy to the staff members and students as well as to the work they were doing. The courage, determination, and good will with which they set about recovering what was possible by doing the work again had been inspired in all who worked with him by the Field Director. Irreplaceable were many of his directorial records as well as his own manuscripts of various pieces of work, but Charles Williams set about immediately to secure the funds through gifts and draw the plans for replacement of sleeping quarters. Although work was to begin on the two separate structures soon after the permit was given on December 1, 1972, construction required a long period because of difficulties with the contracts thanks to the rapidly changing and rising costs; once begun, work progressed well and the units were ready for the spring training session in 1975. Each building has three rooms and bath; they are designed to harmonize with Hill House and are set, with a small passage between them, at an obtuse angle to Hill House running back (south) and at a slightly higher level. The space enclosed by the angle forms an entrance courtyard for all three buildings. The whole complex of the three buildings (Pl. 3, b) presents an attractive prospect from any direction. The furnishings include some pieces from the Blegen house and desks with drawers (a godsend to an excavator) for each room, the gift of the Alumni Association. On June 6, 1975, after they had proved their worth through the spring season, the houses were dedicated at a ceremony; they were named the one for Rufus B. Richardson (Pl. 11, a), first Director of excavations at Corinth, who started the whole enterprise in 1896, and the other for Henry Schroder Robinson, the second founder who revived the excavations in 1959.

Charles Williams very fittingly chose to memoralize the names of the first and the reviving Directors of Corinth, since Mr. Hill had already been remembered in Hill House. To the dozens of School students who worked at Corinth even after his retirement as Director until his death in 1958 Corinth meant Bert Hodge Hill. In the later years it meant Oscar Broneer (see below, p. 170), and to those many more who have been a part of revived Corinth since 1967 Corinth means Charles Williams. Professor Richardson began the excavations; Mr. Hill developed them as he developed a method of field archaeology which in its precision and thoroughness has been the basis of field methods of countless expeditions and continues to be a paradigm of excellence in archaeological exploration. Professor Broneer continued and refined it. Professor Robinson revived the excavation and devised the methodical system of administration of field work and records; Mr. Williams has developed that organization of the museum and records to a model of conservation and convenience, the conservation of the excavations outside for the convenient understanding of the thousands of visitors and the current excavations for the training of all classicists who come to the School in the meaning of excavation in classical study, while continuing the steady publication of the site. The name Williams deserves to be remembered with the others.

Yet there is another man whose close association with Corinth spanned the two eras and was longer in years even than Mr. Hill’s, whose devotion to the site and its excavators was as deep as his contribution to the work, the man whom all who knew respected and loved as he did them. On October 4, 1976 an era indeed came to an end when George Kachros (Pl. 15, b) died. He joined the excavations as a boy and spent his life in their service. He knew every detail of what had been dug; he learned at Mr. Hill’s heels. He knew the Corinthia, every trace of antiquity in field, valley or hillside. He knew Corinthians, the families of the village, their connections, their skills; he knew too the American Corinthians and offered them an abiding friendship. After his retirement as Chief Guard in 1958 (a post he had held some forty years), he remained in the service of the School as the skilled pot mender who had brought back to life so many Corinthian pieces throughout the years; he had served the School in that capacity at the same time that he was the highly responsible representative of the Archaeological Service. Only in the last few years of his life did illness curtail that active assistance; devotion and loyalty remained to the end. The donor of a sum for a Fellowship in his name was speaking for his numberless friends in wishing his memory to be engraved in the School’s annals as it is in their hearts. Kathleen Slane Wright held that George Kachros Fellowship in 1977-78 and appropriately worked on Roman pottery, preparing two articles in his memory.

Isthmia 1952, 1954–1962, 1967–1978

Since the School did not take up active new excavation at Corinth when it reopened after World War II because it was funneling most of its excavation funds into the Athenian Agora, it was possible, with the approval of the Archaeological Service, to use “the Corinth permit” elsewhere in the Corinthia with funds provided by one of the Cooperating Institutions, with the Director of the excavation a veteran member of the School’s staff. In April 1952 Oscar Broneer (above, pp. 1, 28, 31-37, 43, 168), who retained his appointment as Professor of Archaeology of the School while he served as Professor in the University of Chicago, began a limited excavation at the Sanctuary of Poseidon at Isthmia for Chicago. With the unerring precision learned from his long experience in excavation at Corinth, his first trial trench revealed the foundations of the Greek temple of Poseidon, and further trenches established its dimensions and plan and uncovered the upper half of a monumental marble statue of a goddess, presumably of Roman date. Encouraged by this beginning Broneer returned with regular campaigns starting in the spring of 1954, when the entire foundation of the temple was cleared and the precinct investigated, yielding evidence for a succession of buildings from the 7th century b.c. to Roman times and an Archaic deposit with fine pottery and metal offerings. In Fall 1955 the ridge of Rachi above the sanctuary was investigated as well as the southeast section of the temenos; there a puzzling pavement with lines appeared, which in the spring 1956 campaign was revealed as the starting line of the 4th-century stadium, now famous for the light shown on Greek athletics; excavation of the Roman temple of Palaimon adjoining it was also begun. The fall 1957 season uncovered about a mile of a cyclopean fortification wall, the Late Mycenaean line of defenses across the Isthmus, a most unexpected predecessor of the well-known line built by Justinian. Spring 1958 work concentrated in the sanctuaries of Poseidon and Palaimon, including the large circular pit containing Archaic dedications of pottery and bronze, the bottom of which was reached in fall 1959; this campaign also revealed the cult cave in the northeast corner of the Poseidon temenos which was further investigated in 1960 and 1961 along with another cave at the upper edge of the theater. The theater was cleared in these years, and in 1960 a section of the Hellenistic trans-Isthmian wall. After somewhat discouraging initial investigation in 1960 in the area of the later stadium in the hollow some distance southeast of the temenos, work in 1961 revealed the drainage canal and its basins along both sides and the starting line at the open (north) end; the “West Foundation”, a 4th-century b.c. exedra one kilometer west of the village of Kyras Vrysi, was also examined in 1961. The final season of excavation, spring 1962, added to supplementary digging in the temenos of Poseidon and the West Foundation extensive work in the later stadium where the south starting line was discovered and parts of the seating and track.

The brilliant discovery of the first season was a happy augury for the decade Broneer spent in recovering for the modern world the last of the four great centers of ancient Greek religious festivals and games. In the light of the two greatest and largest of these, Olympia, province of the German School, and Delphi, of the French, the two minor sites of Nemea and Isthmia had been neglected until the American School began work in Nemea in 1924 and planned and hoped to continue some day (as they did in 1964 and 1974 to date, see below, pp. 217-218). Broneer hoped to round out two pictures of the ancient Greek world, the Corinthian area and the great games; his success in locating, uncovering and interpreting and breathing life into the remaining traces of buildings of more than ordinary quality and significant interest is one of the most shining chapters of the American School’s excavations and of his own long career as one of its most distinguished professors and excavators. Fortunately for students of the School he invited some current students to join his staff in the latter years (in the earlier years the staff members were students and colleagues from the University of Chicago). They had, thus, the advantage of that excellent training in field work which many students of earlier years had enjoyed at Corinth and on the North Slope of the Acropolis at Athens under the tutelage of the School’s beloved teacher of Archaeology from 1928. Though officially retired since 1971, “Oscar” (as he is affectionately thought of) is in 1980 still living in Corinth and ready to share with all members of the School his native enthusiasm and his wide experience and learning as he has done with devotion for over half a century.

Five years after Oscar Broneer completed his excavations in the Isthmian sanctuary, while he was preparing them for that admirably prompt publication of which he himself completed (after annual reports in Hesperia during the excavation) three volumes published in 1971, 1973, and 1976 (see below, pp. 264, 270-271), another Cooperating Institution of the School applied for permission to resume work in another part of the Isthmia. The University of California at Los Angeles with Paul Clement as Field Director began work in 1967 along the Justinian Wall and continued it, finding portions of the earlier Roman wall and various Roman buildings, through 1975 under the auspices of the School as part of the Corinth permit. From 1970 work was concentrated on the bath of the 2nd century after Christ with its unusual carpet mosaic in the Great Hall. Because of the desirability of completing the clearing of the bath still under way in 1975, the Greek Archaeological Service arranged for Clement to work with them for another three seasons, 1976 to 1978.

Kenchreai 1963–1968

When Oscar Broneer completed his excavation at Isthmia in 1962 he had retired from the University of Chicago faculty; the University wished to continue excavation in the Corinthia. Professor Robert L. Scranton, alumnus of the School and of the Corinth excavations of the 30’s and 40’s, began in 1963 to investigate, under the Corinth permit, the Corinthian harbor site of Kenchreai, on the Aegean side of the Isthmus. Indiana University joined in the enterprise, with Professor Edwin Ramage acting as co-Director from 1964.

The preliminary explorations of 1963 in four places around the harbor discovered Roman warehouses and other buildings, some with mosaic floors. The 1964 season continued in all these areas, clearing the luxurious Brick Building in the northeast, the southwest area revealing the Piscina at the sea end of the South Pier and an apparent sanctuary under water on the south suggesting that underwater investigation was needed. This was carried out in 1965 with outstanding result; the apsidal cult room of a sanctuary was found stacked with crates of opus sectile panels of thin opaque glass with Nilotic and architectural scenes and human figures. Pieces of wood and marble in the adjoining room also indicate that construction was never completed. The 1966 and 1967 campaigns were devoted chiefly to the tedious and delicate business of lifting and conserving the glass panels; 1968 was the final season of cleaning up, with digging as necessary.

The results have been published in four volumes, between 1976 and 1979, of Kenchreai, Eastern Port of Corinth by E. J. Brill for the University of Chicago and Indiana University; another volume is to follow.

Isthmia Museum

The quantity and the quality of the finds from both the Isthmia and the Kenchreai excavations called for a means of making them available to the general public. The most striking pieces from Isthmia, e.g. the 7th-century perirrhanterion and the colossal bust of Amphitrite, had been exhibited in the Corinth museum from soon after their discovery, but the other finds along with the precious architectural fragments of the temples had been housed in a storeroom at the site. The unique glass panels from Kenchreai had to be properly housed. For some years attempts were made to provide funds for a museum in the village of Kyras Vrysi at the site of the Isthmian Sanctuary. Finally a museum building designed by Paul Mylonas was financed by private individuals and foundations, finished in 1972, and presented to the Greek Archaeological Service. It was only in 1978 that installation was completed, the furnishings provided by the Service. The museum was dedicated on August 25, 1978 by Director of the Greek Archaeological Service Nicholas Yalouris, Oscar Broneer representing the School, the Minister of Education and Culture George Plitas, and the U. S. Ambassador Robert McCloskey.

The Second Generation

It may be of interest to digress here, between the accounts of Corinth and the Athenian Agora, to make note of several descendants of former members of the School who assumed positions of responsibility on the School’s staff in the 1960’s. Helen von Raits (who later married Daniel J. Geagan, a fellow student), who became Secretary of the Corinth Excavations in 1966-67, is a great-granddaughter of one of the founders of the School, an original member of the Managing Committee 1881 till his death in 1905, its Treasurer 1881–1895 and an original Trustee 1886–1905, Frederick J. de Peyster. The same year (1966-67) William Bell Dinsmoor, Jr. began his service in the Agora Excavations as Architect (see below, p. 198) which continues still in 1980; he is the son of William Bell Dinsmoor, who himself began his association with the School as Fellow in Architecture 1908–1912, then was Architect of the School 1912–1919, Professor of Architecture 1923–1928, Annual Professor 1947, Visiting Professor 1955-56, Research Fellow and excavator at Corinth on many occasions, member of the Managing Committee from 1937 until his death in 1973. In 1968 Theodore Leslie Shear, Jr., Fellow of the School 1959-60, assumed the Field Directorship of the Excavations in the Athenian Agora, the post of which his father, Theodore Leslie Shear, was the original incumbent from 1931 till his death in 1945, after being a student of the School in 1904-05 and excavator at Corinth, of the theater in 1928 and 1929 and of the North Cemetery in 1930, member of the Managing Committee 1920–1945, a Trustee 1936–1943; his mother, Josephine Platner Shear, had been a student of the School 1927–1929, excavated at Corinth with Mr. Shear and was a member of the Agora staff from the beginning in 1931 through 1940. Then in 1972 Marian Holland McAllister, student of the School 1951-52, Assistant Architect of the Athenian Agora Excavations 1952-53, became Editor of Publications; as an architect she too follows the footsteps of her father, Leicester Bodine Holland, Fellow in Architecture 1920-21, Architect of the School 1921-22, Associate Professor of Architecture 1922-23, and Architect again in 1946-47 working at Corinth. In the United States in 1975 William F. Wyatt, Jr., a Harvard fellow of the School in 1959-60, became Secretary of the Managing Committee and served till 1980; his mother, Natalie Gifford, had been a student of the School in 1922-23 and his father, William F. Wyatt, a member of the Managing Committee 1947 till his death in 1961.

These are not the only second generation members in the School’s history. Another Corinthian, Edward Capps, Jr. who worked on the sculpture of Corinth, especially that of the theater, but died before its completion, a member of the Managing Committee from 1933 until his death in 1970, Annual Professor 1937-38 and 1948-49, was the son of Edward Capps, Chairman of the Managing Committee from 1918 to 1939, member of the Committee from 1908 till death in 1950, one of the early students of the School 1893-94. Another early student in 1902-03 and Fellow 1903-04, Lacey Davis Caskey, member of the Managing Committee from 1920 to 1940, gave the School a son as Director, John Langdon Caskey, Director 1949–1959, member of the Managing Committee 1949 till death in 1981, its Vice-Chairman 1965–1975. There have been other members who were children of earlier members, notably Charles Alexander Robinson, Jr., son of Charles Alexander Robinson 1897-98, who was student 1923–1925, Secretary of the Managing Committee 1945–1965, Annual Professor 1935-36, spring 1948, spring 1962, Director of the Summer Session 1959 and Chairman of the Committee on the Gennadius Library 1948–1964, but those noted here serve to illustrate effectively the kind of interest and devotion the School has generated in its members which is often carried on by later generations. Since Corinth has been a major part of the School since 1896, it is natural that most of these families have been touched by Corinth. It is hardly accidental that Theodora Stillwell (who later married fellow student Pierre MacKay), taken to Corinth as a child by her parents, should have returned to the School as a student 1959–1961, excavated at Corinth, and published some of the Byzantine pottery and later studied Frankish pottery. Her father, Richard Stillwell, was Fellow in Architecture 1924–1926 and Assistant Professor of Architecture 1928–1931 working at Corinth, Assistant Director of the School 1931-32, Director of the School and Supervising Architect of the Athenian Agora Excavations 1932–1935, member of the Managing Committee 1931–1936, 1945 till death in 1982, Annual Professor 1948 and 1960, Acting Director 1974 and author of several Corinth volumes; her mother, Agnes Newhall Stillwell, Fellow of the School 1927–1932, was the excavator and publisher of the Potter’s Quarter of Corinth. Of Athenian rather than Corinthian connections is Eugene Vanderpool, Jr. who became photographer of the Agora Excavations in 1967 and served till 1976; his mother Joan Vanderpool had been the first photographer, in the 1930’s, of those excavations of which his father, Eugene Vanderpool, a student of the School in 1929-30, had been a staff member from 1932 and Deputy Field Director from 1949 as well as the distinguished Professor of Archaeology from 1949 to 1971, member of the Managing Committee 1971 to date. Ione Mylonas Shear (Mrs. T. Leslie Shear, Jr.), a student of the School 1959-60, who was a member of the excavation staff of the Athenian Agora in 1967–1975 and 1979 to date, is the daughter of George E. Mylonas, Bursar of the School 1925–1928, member of the Managing Committee 1937–1939, 1946 to the present, and Annual Professor 1951-52 and 1963-64.

Chapter VIII: The Athenian Agora Excavations

Thirty-five years after the beginning of the Corinth Excavations the other major excavation of the School was undertaken in 1931. Thanks to the vision and to the intense efforts of Edward Capps (Pl. 9, a), then Chairman of the Managing Committee, in both Greece and the United States and to the active interest of Abraham Flexner of the General Education Board who first aroused the interest of the original donor, the School was offered by the Greek Government the permit to excavate the heart of the ancient city of Athens, and Mr. John D. Rockefeller Jr. (Pl. 7, b) provided the funds for the enterprise. The excavations, under the Direction of Theodore Leslie Shear (Pl. 9, a), began in 1931 and by the outbreak of World War II had uncovered the bulk of the 16-acre area designated by the Greek Government, to Greek levels over much of the area, to Roman or only to Byzantine levels in other parts (Lord, History, pp. 231-244). Shear had estimated about ten years and a million dollars and had kept remarkably close to his estimate. There remained, according to that original estimate, two more years of digging to be done, the museum to be constructed, and the landscaping to be carried out, as required by the agreement. As noted above (p. 2), the 1940 season was devoted chiefly to packing away and taking what protective measures were possible for the antiquities which had been uncovered, both the site and the movable finds, and for the records. Already the excavation had gained international recognition for its revelations of Athenian history, topography and monuments (architectural, sculptural and ceramic), for its prompt publication and for its records admirably organized and generously shared with other classical scholars.

Sophokles Lekkas (Pl. 8, b), the chief foreman, and his family continued to live in the excavation area throughout the war, guarding every centimeter of it with his full measure of devotion (above, p. 12), and Eugene Vanderpool and John Travlos (Pl. 13, b and c) continued their scholarly work while keeping their watchful eyes on everything as long as they were able (above, p. 15) in full confidence that work would be resumed at the close of the conflict. Damage to the excavations during the war was minimal.

Mention has been made earlier (above, pp. 1-3, 7, 8, 11, 12, 15, 16, 17-18, 25, 27) of the activity of some of the Agora staff during the war. The man who was to become the Field Director after the war, Homer Armstrong Thompson (Pls. 8, b; 13, a), who had been a Fellow from the beginning of the undertaking, joined the Canadian Navy early in the conflict and served actively throughout the whole period. Lent by the Canadian Navy to the Royal Navy, he was responsible for naval intelligence in the Mediterranean from headquarters in Bari, Italy. On assignment to Athens at the beginning of the Civil War in Greece (November to December 1944), he was captured by EΛAΣ forces when he went on a visit of mercy to one of the School’s Greek archaeological colleagues and warm friends; he was released after a few days. He was able to cast an eye at least on the excavation area and the School before returning to his post to continue his distinguished wartime service.

More, however, than the world conflict was besetting the Agora excavations in these war years. The generous funds donated by Mr. Rockefeller, which had been estimated as sufficient to complete the projected work, had given out in June 1942. The Trustees in October 1942 recognized, nevertheless, the responsibility of the School to complete the undertaking as planned and to keep the School’s commitment to the Greek State. They voted that the necessary future work should be carried on with School funds and directed the Managing Committee to appoint a Committee on the Agora Excavations and Museum to handle the affairs. This appeared to be an academic matter until cessation of hostilities, for no salaries for the skeleton staff could be sent to Greece. But before the war was over another blow had been struck; the Director of the Athenian Agora Excavations since their inception in 1931, T. Leslie Shear, died on July 3, 1945. Professor Shear had numerous qualities which contributed greatly to the School over many years, generosity, vision, vigorous action, but the one for which he will be best remembered and for which the School is most in his debt was his remarkable ability to select a staff of excavation workers of unusual capabilities, to forge them into a harmonious team and to keep them together in their hard-working activities of field work, study and publication, inspired by his own energy and scholarly care for meticulous observation and recording and prompt sharing of results with the scholarly world.

At its December meeting in 1945 the Managing Committee authorized as staff for the Agora, to resume work in spring 1946, six of that pre-war staff which Shear had put together: Margaret Crosby, Alison Frantz, Lucy Talcott, Eugene Vanderpool, Rodney Young, and Homer Thompson as Acting Field Director, with John Travlos the School architect. The following year Homer Thompson was made Field Director, the post in which he continued until his retirement on December 31, 1967, a date far beyond anything envisaged in 1947. Eugene Vanderpool also began his service for the same period as Deputy Field Director when Thompson was in the United States. The fact that Vanderpool was also Professor of Archaeology of the School throughout these years is indicative of the close relation of the Agora with the School. The School had indeed taken on the financial responsibility of completing the original project as planned, and the Agora had become an integral part of the School’s activities under the general supervision of the Director of the School. A quotation from a letter to Chairman Lord from Director Carl Blegen on December 1, 1948 expresses well the atmosphere created: “I feel very strongly that we need a united effort in support of all School enterprises and I want to do all I can to keep the latter from becoming too narrowly compartmentalized. It seems to me it would be deplorable to have one undertaking of the School set up as a rival and competitor of another; I should like to see all carried on harmoniously with mutual help. I am confident we can work it out satisfactorily at this end and I know you can do so at yours.” Field Director Homer Thompson shared this view, and their harmonious cooperation set the pattern for the next two decades. To the old well-established staff (to which Dorothy Burr Thompson returned in 1947) Thompson added, beginning in 1947, members of the School, first-year and second-year, at first as volunteers in the inside work, then as field supervisors and to study material for publication. Some of these stayed as members of the staff for many years as they worked on publication; others worked for relatively short periods. Homer Thompson had in common with his predecessor Leslie Shear that gift of creating from however divergent personalities a common devotion to the common ideal, which was so much larger than one individual that all worked as a team toward a common goal, each sharing with all his discoveries, his ideas, his concerns; thus each part of the enterprise had the advantage of the best considered thought of the group and of innumerable visiting scholars who shared the discussions. This was the quality of the men and women who began work in the spring of 1946, worked together through 1967, and some of whom continue now (1980) to complete the study for publication.

Work in the field was resumed in 1946 on a very small scale by special permit from the Greek Government to do supplementary work in areas already dug and to begin investigation of the site which had been selected for the museum by the joint decision of the Greek Goverment and the School (above, p. 29). No large-scale excavation was being permitted anywhere in Greece immediately after the war. The supplementary work in 1946 for study and publication took place in the Odeion, the Library of Pantainos, and the Altar of the Twelve Gods, and the new excavation for the museum was begun west of the Areopagus in the valley. In 1947 permission was given for larger-scale work on the museum site in the effort to complete the excavation and begin construction. Streets lined with private houses and shops and a trapezoidal enclosure (later identified as the Strategeion) were found, and to clarify the approach to that area the southwest corner of the Agora was further cleared, revealing the west end of the Middle Stoa with the Civic Offices and 14th-century chamber tombs and geometric graves. By 1948 work on the museum site had shown that this residential-industrial area of the Classical period was too important to be covered and a new museum site must be found. Preliminary plans had already been drawn for a museum for which Rockefeller funds specifically provided. In the course of considering every possible location adjacent to the excavated area someone suggested a wholly new idea: why not restore the Stoa of Attalos for use as a museum and thereby do two things at once: provide museum, storage and work space and make available by restoration the largest and finest example of a stoa, that type of buildin